2‫א‬‫א‬

J2J‫א‬‫א‬

[1] ‫ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

[2] ‫ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬
 2‫א‬‫א‬

 ‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬

‫א‬‫א‬
J2J
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ‬

 
< <VŒ‚ßã¹]<…çjÒ‚Ö]< << <VŒ‚ßã¹]<…çjÒ‚Ö]
 
 ‫א‬‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬

< <íéÃÚ^¢]<l^Âçf޹]æ<gjÓÖ]<íè†è‚Ú<<<<<<<<<<<<<
< <2009 – 2008<êÃÚ^¢]<Ý^Ã×Ö

[3] ‫ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

[4] ‫ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬‬

‫א‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫• ‪11 ------------------------ ------------------ @ò߆Ôß‬‬

‫• ‪ –@Þëþa@Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪–‬א‪K‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪13 ------------------------ ------------- -- .‬‬
‫‪ -1.1‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪14 ------------------------ - .‬‬
‫‪ -1.2‬ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪15 ------------------------ .‬‬
‫‪ -1.3‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪17 --------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -1.4‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪19 -------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -1.5‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪20 ------------------------ -- .‬‬

‫• ‪ –@ ïãbrÛa@ Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬א‪‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪.‬‬
‫‪23 ------------------------ -------------‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2.1‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪25 ------------------ .‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪ -2.1.1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ‪----------------- .‬‬
‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪ -2.1.2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ‪--------------- .‬‬
‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪ -2.1.3‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‪------------------------ ------- .‬‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪ -2.1.4‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪------------------------ --- .‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪ -2.1.5‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪------------------------ ------- .‬‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪ -2.1.6‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪------------------------ -- .‬‬
‫‪ -2.2‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪39 ------ .‬‬
‫‪ -2.2.1‬ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ‪39 ------------------------ ------ .‬‬
‫‪ -2.2.2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻚ‪39 ------------------------ ------- .‬‬
‫א‪ ‬ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[5‬‬
 ‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬‬

‫‪ -2.2.3‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪40 ------------------------ --- .‬‬

‫‪ -2.2.4‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪40 ------------------ .‬‬
‫‪ -2.2.5‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ‪42 ------------------------‬‬
‫‪ -2.2.6‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪  45  ------------------------ ---‬‬

‫• ‪ -@sÛbrÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪K‬‬
‫‪49 -------------------- ------------‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3.1‬ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪52 ------------------------ -- .‬‬
‫‪ -3.2‬ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪55 ------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -3.3‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪57 ------------------------ - .‬‬
‫‪ -3.3.1‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪58 ------------------------ - .‬‬
‫‪ -3.3.2‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪60 ------------------------ -- .‬‬
‫‪ -3.3.3‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ‪61 ------------------------ -- .‬‬
‫‪ -3.4‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ )ﻏﺎﺯ‪-‬ﺳﺎﺋﻞ(‪62 --------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -3.4.1‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪62 ---------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -3.4.2‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪66 ----------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -3.5‬ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ‪68 ------------------------ -----‬‬
‫‪ -3.5.1‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪  69  ----------- .‬‬
‫‪ -3.5.2‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺻﻔﺎﺋﺤﻴﺔ‪71 ----------- .‬‬
‫‪ -3.5.3‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻃﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪73 ------------ .‬‬
‫‪ -3.5.4‬ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ‪74 ------------------- .‬‬

‫• ‪–@ÉiaŠÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪K‬‬
‫‪77 -------------------- ------------‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4.1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ‪79 ----- .‬‬
‫‪ -4.1.1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪80 ------------------------ .‬‬

‫א‪ ‬ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[6‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬‬

‫‪ -4.1.2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪88 ----------------- .‬‬

‫‪ -4.1.3‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪90 ------------------------ - .‬‬
‫‪ -4.1.4‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪91 --------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -4.2‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪92 -------------.‬‬

‫• ‪–ßb¨a@Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪.‬‬
‫‪99 -------------------- ------------‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5.1‬ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪100 -----------------.‬‬
‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪ -5.1.1‬ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﺓ‪------------ .‬‬
‫‪103‬‬ ‫‪ -5.1.2‬ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻭ) ‪------- .( H 2S‬‬
‫‪105‬‬ ‫‪ -5.1.3‬ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪--------------- .‬‬
‫‪107‬‬ ‫‪ -5.1.4‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﳐﱪﻳﹰﺎ‪----------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -5.2‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪107 --------- .‬‬
‫‪108‬‬ ‫‪ -5.2.1‬ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪-----------------------.‬‬
‫‪110‬‬ ‫‪ -5.2.2‬ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪---------------------- .‬‬
‫‪111‬‬ ‫‪ -5.2.3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﺓ‪----- .‬‬
‫‪113‬‬ ‫‪ -5.2.4‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5.3‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪114 -------- .‬‬
‫‪ -5.3.1‬ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪114 ----------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -5.3.2‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪118 ----------------------- ---- .‬‬

‫• ‪–…bÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪.C2+ ‬‬
‫‪131 -------------------- ------------‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6.1‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪132 ---------------.‬‬
‫‪ -6.2‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪133 --------- .‬‬
‫‪ -6.3‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ‪134 -------------------- ---- .‬‬
‫‪ -6.3.1‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ‪135 ----------------‬‬

‫א‪ ‬ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[7‬‬

 ‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬‬

‫‪ -6.3.2‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪137 ---------------------- .‬‬

‫‪ -6.3.3‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ‪138 -----------‬‬
‫‪ -6.4‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ‪139 -------------------- ----‬‬

‫• ‪–ÉibÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪‬א‪.‬‬
‫‪141 -------------------- ------------‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7.1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪142 -- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﳋﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪145 -------------------- - .‬‬
‫‪ -7.2.1‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ‪145 ---------‬‬
‫‪ -7.2.2‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪  147  ---------‬‬
‫‪ -7.2.3‬ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ‪149 ----------‬‬
‫‪ -7.3‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪152 -------- .‬‬
‫‪152‬‬ ‫‪ -7.3.1‬ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻏﲑ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪------------- .‬‬
‫‪154‬‬ ‫‪ -7.3.2‬ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪--------------- .‬‬
‫‪159‬‬ ‫‪ -7.3.3‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪----------------- .( λ‬‬
‫‪163‬‬ ‫‪ -7.3.4‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﳋﻂ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪------------.‬‬
‫‪ -7.4‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪164 ---------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.4.1‬ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‪165 --------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.4.2‬ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻉ‪167 ----------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.4.3‬ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪168 -------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.5‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪170 ---------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.5.1‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ‪  170  - .‬‬
‫‪ -7.5.2‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪172 --------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.5.3‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ‪174 --------------.‬‬
‫‪ -7.6‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪174 --------- .‬‬

‫א‪ ‬ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[8‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬‬

‫‪ -7.6.1‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪175 ---------- .‬‬

‫‪ -7.6.2‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪176 ------------ .‬‬
‫‪ -7.6.3‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪177 --------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.6.4‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪186 ----------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.6.5‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪190 ---------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.6.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪191 ----------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.6.7‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪194 ---------‬‬
‫‪ -7.7‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪200 --------- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.7.1‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪201 ----- .‬‬
‫‪ -7.7.2‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪205 ------ .‬‬
‫‪ -7.7.3‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ‪207 --------------------.‬‬

‫• ‪–@åßbrÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪‬א‪.‬‬
‫‪209 -------------------- ------------‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8.1‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ‪210 -------------------- ---- .‬‬
‫‪ -8.1.1‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ‪212 --------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -8.1.2‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻂ‪215 ---------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -8.1.3‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪220 ----------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -8.2‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪228 -------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -8.2.1‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪229 ---------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -8.2.2‬ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‪235 ----------------------- ---- .‬‬
‫• ‪–@ÉbnÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪‬א‪.‬‬
‫‪243 -------------------- ------------‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9.1‬ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪245 --------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -9.1.1‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪245 ------‬‬
‫‪ -9.1.2‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪246 --------- .‬‬

‫א‪ ‬ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[9‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬‬

‫‪ -9.2‬ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪250 ----------------------- - .‬‬

‫‪ -9.2.1‬ﻣﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪﺓ‪252 ----------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -9.2.2‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪253 ------------------ .‬‬
‫‪ -9.2.3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ‪256 ----------------------- - .‬‬
‫• ‪–Š‘bÈÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬א‪‬א‪. ‬‬
‫‪261 -------------------- ------------‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10.1‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ‪263 -------------------- - .‬‬
‫‪ -10.1.1‬ﺣﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‪264 --------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.1.2‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‪266 ----------------------- -- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.1.3‬ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪269 ----------------------- -- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.2‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ‪274 -------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.2.1‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ‪274 ------- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.2.2‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪276 ----------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.2.3‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪276 ----------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.3‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪278 -------------------- ---- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.3.1‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻫﺔ‪278 ------------------ .‬‬
‫‪ -10.3.2‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪283 ---------------------- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.3.3‬ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪284 ----------------------- -- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ‪285 ---------- .‬‬
‫‪ -10.5‬ﲤﺰﻕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪-‬ﻏﺎﺯ‪287 -------------------- --- .‬‬
‫• א‪‬א‪‬א‪289 ----------------- K‬‬

‫• א‪‬א‪‬א‪301 -------------------- -------- K‬‬

‫א‪ ‬ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[10‬‬

 2‫א‬‫א‬


‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬،‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬ 
  E‫א‬F ‫א‬ ‫א‬    ،‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬
‫א‬
 ‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬       
K‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
،‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬ 
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬E 1000 F
  ‫א‬  ‫א‬ ‫א‬   ‫א‬‫א‬  
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬E 1825 F،KKKKK‫א‬
،‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
  E 200 mm F ‫א‬ ‫א‬    E 1891 F 
‫א‬ ‫א‬    ‫א‬ ‫א‬   E 195 Km F
‫א‬        ‫א‬  ‫א‬  ‫א‬
 K‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬  ‫א‬  ‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬   ‫א‬ ‫א‬  
‫א‬ J‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬   ‫א‬‫א‬ ‫א‬
  ‫א‬     ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
،‫א‬ ،‫א‬ ،‫א‬F ‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬  ،‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬EKKKKK
‫א‬ ‫א‬     ‫א‬ ،‫א‬ ‫א‬  

[11] ‫ ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬
 2‫א‬‫א‬

  ‫א‬ ‫א‬        ‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬،‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬،‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
 K‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
        ‫א‬ ‫א‬  
  ‫א‬    ‫א‬   ‫א‬ ‫א‬ 
 K‫א‬‫א‬
  ‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬   ‫א‬ ‫א‬ 
 ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬     ‫א‬ ‫א‬
 K‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬  
  ‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬‫א‬
 K‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬

< <VŒ‚ßã¹]<…çjÒ‚Ö]< << <VŒ‚ßã¹]<…çjÒ‚Ö]<<

< <ì^É<Ìè^Þ<†â^Ú<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<‚É<ë…çÞ<á^q<<

[12] ‫ ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ J‬א‪‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪W J‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ )‪ (Composition‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺘﻪ )‪ (Behavior‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﲢﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻣﺎﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Chromatographic analysis‬ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﺁﺑﺎﺭ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﻭﰲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‪ (Natural gas‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ )‪ (Mixture‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻓﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ )‪ ،(Paraffins‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ )‪(Gaseous state‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ) ‪ ( CH 4 > 85%‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ ) ‪ ( C 2 H 6‬ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫) ‪ ( C 3 H 8‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ ) ‪ ( C 4 H10‬ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ) ‪ ( C 5+‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻭﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ ) ‪ ،( N 2‬ﻭﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ) ‪ ( H 2S‬ﻭﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1.1‬ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ )ﻛﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﹰﺎ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[13] ‬‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬

:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
.( ρ = 0,710 ÷ 0,905 Kg / m N3 ) ‫• ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬
.( ∆ = 0,55 ÷ 0,70 ) ‫• ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
.( ε = 5 ÷15 % volume ) ‫• ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
.( θ = 650 ÷ 750 o C ) ‫• ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
[mole%] [mole%] ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
87,0-96,0 94, 9 CH 4 ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
1,8-5,1 2,5 C2H6 ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
0,1-1,5 0,2 C3H8 ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬
0,01-0,3 0, 03 i - C 4 H10 ‫ﺃﻳﺰﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
0,01-0,3 0,03 n - C 4 H10 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
traces-0,14 0,01 i - C 5 H12 ‫ﺃﻳﺰﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
traces-0,04 0,01 n - C 5 H12 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
traces-0,06 0,01 C 6 H14 + +‫ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬
1,3-5,6 1,6 N2 ‫ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬
0,1-1,0 0, 7 CO 2 ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
0,01-0,1 0,01 O2 ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ‬
traces-0,02 trace H2 ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬

. ‫ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬، ( 1.1 ) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

W‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬-1.1
‫( ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ‬Components) ‫ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
:‫( ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬Physical state) ‫ﳊﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

[14] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ) ‪ ،( CH 4‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ ) ‪ ( C 2 H 6‬ﻭﺍﻹﺗﻴﻠﲔ ) ‪ ،( C 2 H 4‬ﻫﻲ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ) ‪.( p = 1 atm, T = 273,15 K‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ ) ‪،( C 3 H 8‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﻴﻠﲔ ) ‪ ،( C 3 H 6‬ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺰﻭﺑﻮﺗﺎﻥ ) ‪،( i − C 4 H 10‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ) ‪ ( n − C 4 H10‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﻠﲔ ) ‪ ،( C 4 H 8‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﲞﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺰﻭﺑﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫) ‪ ( i − C 5 H 12‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ (17 > n > 5‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (18‬ﺫﺭﺓ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﺟﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺘﻴﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻭﺑﺎﻥ‪،‬ﺑﺮﻭﺑﻴﻠﲔ ‪،‬ﺃﻳﺰﻭﺑﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ‪،‬ﺑﻮﺗﻠﲔ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ )ﺑﱰﻳﻦ(‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺰﻭﺑﻨﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪-1.2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪W‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Z(Non-associated gases) ñ‹y@paŒbË .1‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ )ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[15] ‬‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

( CH 4 = 98,6 ÷ 99,4 % ) ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬

‫ ( ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ‬C 2 ÷ C 6 ) ‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ‬،‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ ( ﻭﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ‬N 2 ) ‫ ( ﻭﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬CO 2 ) ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
:‫ ﻭﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ‬،( H 2 S ) ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬
‫ ﻭﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬:(Dry) òÏbu •
.‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻡ‬:(Wet) òj Š •
.(1.2) ‫ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬.‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
( mole % ) ( mole % )
50÷92 70÷98 ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
5÷15 1÷10 ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
2÷14 traces ÷5 ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬
1÷10 traces ÷2 ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
traces ÷5 traces ÷1 ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
traces ÷3 traces ÷0.5 ‫ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬
traces ÷15 0÷ traces + ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬
traces ÷10 traces ÷15 ‫ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬
traces ÷4 traces ÷1 ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
0÷6 0÷ traces ‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬
0 0÷5 ‫ﺍﳍﻠﻴ ﻮﻡ‬

. ‫ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﺒﺔ‬، ( 1.2 ) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

[16] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬

‫‪ :(Associated gases) òÔÏa‹ß@ paŒbË .2‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ )‪ (Gas- cap gas‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( C1 ÷ C 6‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :(Solution gases) òÜzäß@ paŒbË .3‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻓﻴﻨﻴﺔ )ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪ -‬ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻥ‪ -‬ﺑﺮﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ( ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻹﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ )ﻧﻔﻂ ‪ -‬ﻏﺎﺯ( ﺇﱃ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪-1.3‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪W‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺻﺮﻓﺔ )ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻮ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ )‪ (Mechanical union‬ﺑﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (Chemical reaction‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( g i‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( ri‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( yi‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ (Mass fraction) ïÜnØÛa@‹ØÛa‬ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ‪ i‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ ) ‪:( g i‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ‪ i‬ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪:‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[17] ‬‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

mi m N
gi = = N i , ∑g i = 1, (1.1)
m
∑ mi i =1
i =1

‫ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ‬i ‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬Volume fraction) ïàv¨a@ ‹ØÛa •

i ‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬Partial volume) ‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ‬:( ri )
:‫ﻭﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ‬
Vi V N
ri = = N i , ∑r i = 1, (1.2)
V
∑Vi i =1
i =1

:( yi ) ‫ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ‬i ‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬Molar fraction) ïÛì¾a@‹ØÛa •

‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ‬i ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
:‫ﻣﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
ni n N
yi = = Ni , ∑y i = 1, (1.3)
n
∑ ni i =1
i =1

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬: N
. i ‫ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: mi
. i ‫ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: Vi
. i ‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: ni
:‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
gi
yM M
yi = ri , g i = N i i , yi = N i , (1.4)
gi
∑i =1
yi M i ∑i =1 M i

[18] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬

‫‪ -1.4‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ W‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺕ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﹰﺎ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﱪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺫﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺪﺓ ﻭﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (LNG‬ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :(Inert gas) òÜßb©a@ paŒbÌÛa .1‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻏﺎﺯﺍ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﳍﻠﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :(Acid gas) òî›ßb¨a@paŒbÌÛa .2‬ﻭﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﻏﺎﺯﺍ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :(Natural gas liquids) ïÈîjİÛa@ŒbÌÛa@Ýöaì .3‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﱰﻭﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺇﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ‬
‫)‪.(NGLs‬‬
‫‪ :(Liquefied natural gas) òÛb¾a@ òîÈîjİÛa@ paŒbÌÛa .4‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ )‪.(LNG‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[19] ‬‬
 ‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬

‫‪ :(Liquefied petroleum gas)@ òÛb¾a@ òîİÐäÛa@ paŒbÌÛa .5‬ﻭﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﺎﺯﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ )ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ( ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﲢﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻌﲔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ )‪ (LPG‬ﺃﻭ )‪.(LP-Gas‬‬
‫‪ :(Natural gasoline)@ ïÈîjİÛa@ µÛëŒbÌÛa .6‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :(Condensate) pbÐqbØn¾a .7‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﻤﻦ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ‬ ‫‪CO 2‬‬ ‫‪H 2S‬‬ ‫‪N2‬‬ ‫‪C1‬‬ ‫‪C2‬‬ ‫‪C3‬‬ ‫‪iC 4‬‬ ‫‪nC 4‬‬ ‫‪iC 5‬‬ ‫‪nC 5‬‬ ‫‪C6‬‬ ‫‪C7 +‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬
‫‪NGL‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬
‫‪LNG‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬
‫‪LPG‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(1.3‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1.5‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪W‬‬
‫ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ )‪ (Ideal fuel‬ﻟﻸﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﲤﺘﻌﻪ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[20] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬

‫• ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺤﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﻱ‬
‫)‪ (Coal‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ )‪.(Crude oil‬‬
‫• ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﲢﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻈﻴﻒ )ﻻﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻗﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺎﺩ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺎﻋﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻟﻸﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻭﻗﻮﺩ ﻟﻸﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺦ ﻭﲢﻀﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺬﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﲰﻨﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳋﺒﺰ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻫﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﻴﻠﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﱐ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻗﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺯﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[21] ‬‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

[22] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ W-‬‬
‫ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﻮ‪-‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﹰﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ًﺀ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﱃ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪Standard ) òîbîÔÛa@ Âë‹“Ûaë (Normal conditions) òîßbÄäÛa@ Âë‹“Ûa (a‬‬
‫‪Z(conditions‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.( TN‬‬ ‫) ‪= 0 o C = 273,15 K‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ) ‪.( p N = 101325 Pa‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.( Ts‬‬ ‫) ‪= 15 o C = 288,15 K‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.( p s‬‬ ‫) ‪= 1,01325 ⋅ 10 5 Pa = 1,01325 bar‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫א‪‬א‪23‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﻭﻫﻮ‬Z( pi ) ‫ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑـ‬i ‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬Partial pressure) ïö§a@ÁÌ›Ûa (b

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺷﻐﻞ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
.‫ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ ﻭﻫﻮ‬Z( Vi ) ‫ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑـ‬ i ‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬Partial volume) ïö§a@áv¨a (c
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻮ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ‬Z(Dalton’s law) æìnÛa†@ æìãbÓ (d
:‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻱ‬
p = ∑ pi
‫ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻮ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ‬Z(Amagat’s law) pbËbßc@ æìãbÓ (e
:‫ﺍﳊﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻱ‬
V = ∑ Vi
ZòîÛbr¾a@paŒbÌÜÛ (Equation of State) òÛb¨a@òÛ†bÈß (f

‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
pVM = MRT = Ru T (2.1)
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( pa ) ،‫ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬: p
.( 22,414 m N3 ) ،‫ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ‬: VM
.( Kg / Kmol ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬: M
.( J / Kg.K ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬: R
.( K ) ،‫ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬: T
:‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬: Ru

24‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪p N ⋅ V N 1,01325 ⋅ 10 5 ⋅ 22,414‬‬

‫= ‪Ru‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 8314 J / Kmol ⋅ K‬‬
‫‪TN‬‬ ‫‪273,15‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬

‫‪Ru 8314‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(2.2‬‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.1‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪mRu T‬‬
‫= ‪pV‬‬ ‫)‪(2.3‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : V‬ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻪ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻏﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( ρ = m‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.3‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫‪m pM‬‬
‫= =‪ρ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.4‬‬
‫‪V Ru T‬‬

‫‪ -2.1‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪W‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﲞﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪:‬‬
‫‪:(Pseudo-critical) òÐöaÛa@òu‹¨aë (Critical) òu‹¨a@paßaŠbjÛa@-2.1.1‬‬
‫ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ ((2.1‬ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﱪﻯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ) ‪.( Z‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪25‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬:( Tc ) ‫( ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﺑـ‬Critical temperature) òu‹¨a@ñŠa‹¨a@òuŠ† •

‫ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ‬،‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﻊ‬
.( Tc = 32,2 o C ) ‫ﻟﻺﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬:( pc ) ‫( ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑـ‬Critical pressure) x‹¨a@ ÁÌ›Ûa •
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬.( p c = 48,16 atm ) ‫ ﻓﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﻟﻺﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬. Tc ‫ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ‬
‫ ( ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬48,16 atm ) ‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
.‫ ( ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﻊ‬32,2 o C )

Vci ( m 3 / Kg ) Tci ( K ) pci (bar ) ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

0,00318 126,16 33,93 N2 ‫ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬

0,00214 304,20 73,83 CO 2 ‫ﺛﺘﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬

0,00190 430,66 78,85 SO 2 ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‬

0,00284 373,56 89,63 H2S ‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬

0,00617 190,66 46,40 CH 4 ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬

0,00488 305,43 48,62 C2H6 ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬

0,00453 370,00 42,65 C3H8 ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬

0,00445 408,14 36,47 i-C 4 H 10 ‫ﺃ ﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬

0,00438 425,17 37,96 n-C 4 H 10 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬

0,00423 460,96 33,33 i-C 5 H 12 ‫ﺃ ﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬

0,00421 469,78 33,74 n-C 5 H 12 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬

498,06 30,34 i-C 6 H 14 ‫ﺃ ﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬

507,86 30,31 n-C 6 H 14 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬

540,17 27,36 n-C 7 H 16 ‫ﻧﻈ ﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬

. ‫ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻤﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺠﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬،(2.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

26‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﳚﺐ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ )‪ (Pseudo-critical‬ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫‪p pc = ∑ yi pci , T pc = ∑ yi Tci‬‬ ‫)‪(2.5‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬ ‫‪i =1‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ )‪:(A.Z. Istomin‬‬
‫‪p pc = (4,937 − 0,64 ⋅ ∆ ) ⋅ 10 6 , T pc = 171,5 ⋅ ∆ + 97‬‬ ‫)‪(2.6‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ∆ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Pseudo-reduced) òÐöaÛa@ò›Ðƒ¾aë (Reduced) ò›Ðƒ¾a@paßaŠbjÛa@-2.1.2‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( p,V , T‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬
‫= ‪pr‬‬ ‫= ‪, Tr = , Vr‬‬ ‫)‪(2.7‬‬
‫‪pc‬‬ ‫‪Tc‬‬ ‫‪Vc‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪f ( p r , Tr , Vr ) = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(2.8‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ )‪(Theorem of corresponding states‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻸﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪27‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺿﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌ ‪‬ﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫= ‪p pr‬‬ ‫= ‪, T pr‬‬ ‫)‪(2.9‬‬
‫‪p pc‬‬ ‫‪T pc‬‬

‫‪Z(Density) òÏbrØÛa -2.1.3‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫= ‪ρN‬‬ ‫)‪(2.10‬‬
‫‪VM , N‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ VM , N‬ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ ( T‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫=‪ρ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.11‬‬
‫‪V‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪ρ mix‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(2.12‬‬
‫‪V ∑ Vi‬‬ ‫‪mi‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬
‫∑‬ ‫‪∑ i‬‬
‫‪ρi‬‬ ‫‪ρi‬‬

‫‪m ∑ m i ∑ Vi ρ i‬‬
‫= ‪ρ mix‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= ∑ ri ρ i = ∑ y i ρ i‬‬ ‫)‪(2.13‬‬
‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : ρ i‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ‪ i‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ) ‪ -( Kg / m 3‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ -(2.2‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪28‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

pi M i
ρi = (2.14)
Z i Ru T
‫ ( ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ‬pa ) ‫ﻭﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ‬ i ‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: pi
:‫ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
pi = yi ⋅ p (2.15)
.( Kg / Kmol ) ، i ‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: M i
. i ‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: Z i
.( K ) ،‫ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: T
:‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
pM mix
ρ mix = (2.16)
Z mix Ru T
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: p
:‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬: M mix
M mix = ∑ y i ⋅ M i (2.17)
.‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬: Z mix
Z(Relative density) òîjäÛa@òÏbrØÛa -2.1.4

‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
:‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
ρg M g Mg
∆= = = (2.18)
ρ a M a 28.97

:‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

ρ m M mix M mix
∆= = = (2.19)
ρa Ma 28.97
29‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

ρ i ( Kg / m3N ) M i ( Kg / Kmol ) ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

1,250 28,016 N2 ‫ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬

1,965 44,011 CO 2 ‫ﺛﺘﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬

0,090 2,016 H2 ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬

1,521 34,076 H2S ‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬

1,429 32,000 O2 ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ‬

0,716 16,042 CH 4 ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬

1,342 30,068 C2H6 ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬

1,968 44.094 C3H8 ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬

2,595 58,12 i-C4H 10 ‫ﺃ ﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬

2,595 58.12 n-C4H 10 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬

3,220 72,146 i-C5H 12 ‫ﺃ ﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬

3,220 72,146 n-C5H 12 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬

3,847 86,172 i-C6H 14 ‫ﺃ ﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬

3,847 86,172 n-C6H 14 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍ ﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬

4,473 100,198 n-C7H 16 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻴﺔ‬،(2.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

:(Viscosity)@òuëÜÛa -2.1.5

‫ﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺄ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬:‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‬
‫ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ‬:(Dynamic viscosity) òîØîßbäí‡Ûa@ëc@òîØí‹znÛa@òuëÜÛa •
:( dv dy ) ‫( ﻭﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬τ ) ‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ‬
τ
µ= (2.20)
dv
dy

30‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪@ @ZòîØîßbäí‡Ûa@òuëÜÛa@À@ñ‹qû¾a@òîîö‹Ûa@ÝßaìÈÛa -‬‬

‫‪ ZòîÛì¾a@òÜnØÛa (1‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.1‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ZÁÌ›Ûa (2‬ﺗﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ZñŠa‹¨a@ òuŠ† (3‬ﺗﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ،( 70 bar‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ )‪:(Herning-Zipperer‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪31‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

µ mix =
∑µ y i i Mi
(2.21)
∑y i Mi
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬ i ‫ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬µ i ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
:(Sutherland)
0.5
T +C⎛ T ⎞
µi = µ N N ⎜ ⎟⎟ (2.22)
T + C ⎜⎝ TN ⎠
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.Sutherland ‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬: C
‫ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ‬i ‫ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: µ N
.(2.3) ‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬

.‫ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬،(2.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

32‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫] ‪µ N [ pa.s‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫] ‪µ N [ pa.s‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪5,2 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪10,2 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪-6‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬
‫‪5,0 10‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪8,5 10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪-6‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬
‫‪11,7 10‬‬ ‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬ ‫‪7,5 10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫‪13,7 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪7,1 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺰﻭﺑﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫‪-6‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬
‫‪16,3 10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬ ‫‪7,0 10‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫‪-6‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬
‫‪17,1 10‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪6,4 10‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪18,5 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻠ ﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪5,9 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(2.3‬ﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺰﺟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Lee-Gonzales-Eakin‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ‪ CO 2‬ﻭ ‪ ، H 2S‬ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.Dean-Stiel‬‬
‫• ‪ Z(Kinematic viscosity)@òîØîmbàîäîØÛa@ëc@òî׋¨a@òuëÜÛa‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪µ‬‬
‫=‪υ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.23‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪υ mix‬‬ ‫)‪(2.24‬‬
‫‪∑ yi υ i‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪µ mix = ρ mix ⋅ υ mix‬‬ ‫)‪(2.25‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪33‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪Z(Compressibility factor) òî bÌ›ãüa@ÝßbÇ -2.1.6‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳌﺨﱪﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ – ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ - (2.3‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( Z‬ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.3‬ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻨﺤﺭﺍﻑ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (EOS‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪34‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻏﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪pVreal = ZmRT‬‬ ‫)‪(2.26‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪pVideal = mRT‬‬ ‫)‪(2.27‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.26‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(2.27‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Vreal‬‬
‫=‪Z‬‬ ‫)‪(2.28‬‬
‫‪Videal‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﳏﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓ ﹴﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫) ‪ Z = f ( p pr , T pr‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫• ‪: Z = f ( p pr , T pr ) ÝØ“Ûa@paˆ@òîãbîjÛa@pbîäzä¾a@âa‡ƒnbi@ Z @µîÈm@òÔí‹ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﱪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ )‪ (Standing and Katz‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ Z‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻓﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪35‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻀﻴﻥ‬Z ‫ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﻨﻀﻐﺎﻁﻴﺔ‬،(2.4) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫( ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬2.4) ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ ( ﻭﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬p pr , T pr ) ‫ﻭﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
. Z ‫( ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬Standing and Katz) ‫( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬2.9)

:òîšbí‹Ûa@pbÓýÈÛa@âa‡ƒnbi@ Z @òî bÌ›ãüa@ÝßbÇ@µîÈm@òÔí‹  •

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻔﺘﻘﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬

‫ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
:‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬، Z = f ( p pr , T pr )
:Berthelot ‫ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬.I
p T pc ⎛⎜ 6T pc ⎞
2
9 ⎟
Z =1+ ⋅ ⋅ 1− 2 (2.29 )
128 p pc T ⎜⎝ T ⎟
⎠

36‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﲟﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪9 p pr‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫‪Z =1+‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪⋅ ⎜1 − 2‬‬
‫‪⎜ T‬‬
‫⎟‬
‫⎟‬
‫)‪(2.30‬‬
‫‪128 T pr‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪pr‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫‪ .II‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ‪:Adamov‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪Z‬‬ ‫)‪(2.31‬‬
‫‪1 + (24 − 0,27 ⋅ T ) ⋅ 10 − 4 p‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : T‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.( o C ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : p‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.( bar ) ،‬‬
‫‪@ @Zòî bÌ›ãüa@ÝßbÇ@óÜÇ@òîãìi‹×늇îa@Ë@pbj׋¾a@qdm@M‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ ) ‪ ،(10%‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻻﻳﺴﻤﺢ ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﺎﻥ )‪ (Wichert and Aziz‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺤﺢ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪T pc' = T pc − ε‬‬ ‫)‪(2.32‬‬
‫'‪p pc ⋅ T pc‬‬
‫= ‪p 'pc‬‬ ‫)‪(2.33‬‬
‫‪T pc + B(1 − B) ⋅ ε‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : T pc‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪37‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: p pc

.‫ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﺤﺔ‬: T pc'
.‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﺢ‬: p 'pc
:‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‬،‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬: ε
:òîÛbnÛa@òîšbí‹Ûa@òÓýÈÛa@âa‡ƒnbi .1
ε = 120 ⋅ ( A 0,9 − A1,6 ) + 15 ⋅ ( B 0,5 − B 4 ) (2.34)
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
‫ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ‬: A
.‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: B
:êbã†c@µj¾a@zä¾a@âa‡ƒnbi .2

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
:Carr-Kobayashi-Burrows ‫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬Z ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
T pc' = T pc − 80 ⋅ y co2 + 130 ⋅ y H 2 S − 250 ⋅ y N 2 (2.35)
p 'pc = p pc + 440 ⋅ y co2 + 600 ⋅ y H 2 S − 170 ⋅ y N 2 (2.36)

38‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : T pc‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : p pc‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫'‪ : T pc‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : p 'pc‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2.2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ W‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪ .....‬ﺍﱁ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Combustion) Öayüa -2.2.1‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﺮﻕ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﹰﺎ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪CH 4 + 2O 2 → CO 2 + 2H 2 O‬‬

‫ﲢﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻬﺐ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ،( 650 − 700 o C‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( 40 − 50 atm‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪.( 470 o C‬‬
‫‪:(Dissociation) ÙØÐnÛa -2.2.2‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻔﻜﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫→⎯← ‪CH 4‬‬
‫∆‬
‫‪C + 2H 2‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻜﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻜﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ) ‪ ( p = 1 atm, T = 900 K‬ﳓﻮ ) ‪ ( 25%‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬‫ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ) ‪ ( p = 30 atm, T = 900 K‬ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ) ‪.( 4%‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪39‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪:(Explosion)@ŠbvÐãüa@òîÜibÓ -2.2.3‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮ‪‬ﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺰﳚﹰﺎ ﻗﺎﺑ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ )ﻏﺎﺯ‪ /‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺻﻐﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ( ﻭﺣﱴ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ )ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ )ﻏﺎﺯ‪ /‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ( ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹶﺎ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ،( 5 − 15 %‬ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‪) 5 − 15 % :‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ(‪5,40 − 14% ،‬‬
‫)ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ(‪) 6 − 16,53% ،‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻼﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﲝﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻛﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ‬
‫ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Heating value) òíŠa‹¨a@òàîÔÛa@ëc@òíŠa‹¨a@òÓbİÛa -2.2.4‬‬

‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻼ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑـ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻗﹰﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫) ‪ ( KJ / m N3‬ﺃﻭ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( Kcal / m N3‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﺑـ )‪ ،(HV‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :(Net heating value) ô‹Ì—Ûa@ òíŠa‹¨a@ òÓbİÛa (1‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﺧﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ) ‪ (1 m N3‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻗﹰﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻕ ﻭﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻭﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ )ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻕ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ )‪.(NHV‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪40‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ Z(Gross heating value) ôì—ÔÛa@òíŠa‹¨a@òÓbİÛa (2‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ‬

‫ﻼ ﺁﺧﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ) ‪ (1 m N3‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻗﹰﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻕ ﻭﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻭﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ )ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻕ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ )‪.(GHV‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ) ‪ ( i‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪:(Wuithier-Handrick‬‬
‫‪NHVi ( KJ / m N3 ) = 4311 + 1967 M i‬‬ ‫)‪(2.37‬‬
‫‪GHVi ( KJ / m N3 ) = 6571 + 2093 M i‬‬ ‫)‪(2.38‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2.4‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﺍﳌﻜﻮ‪‬ﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺜ ﹶ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪HV = ∑ y i HVi‬‬ ‫)‪(2.39‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﺩﹰﺍ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪41‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

NHV KJ / m N3 [ ] GHV KJ / m N3 [ ] ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

35904 39936 ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬

64404 70498 ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
93146 101364 ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬
123356 153851 ‫ﺃﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
123910 134415 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
159045 172189 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
194445 210226 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬
242007 261390 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬
23338 25369 ‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬

‫ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬،(2.4) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

.‫ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ‬

Z(Specific heat capacity)@òîÇìäÛa@òíŠa‹¨a@òÈÛa -2.2.5

‫ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬،‫ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬

،‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ( ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
.‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳜﻀﻊ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ‬
:‫ ﻭﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Zoibq@ÁÌš@‡äÇ@òîÇìäÛa@ñŠa‹¨a (1
.( J / Kmol ⋅ K ) ‫ ( ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑـ‬C p,m ) ‫• ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ ( ﻭﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬J / Kg ⋅ K ) ‫ ( ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑـ‬c p ) ‫• ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
C p ,m
cp = (2.40)
M

42‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ( ﻭﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬J / m N3 ⋅ K ) ‫ ( ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑـ‬C p ) ‫• ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬

:‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
C p ,m
Cp = (2.41)
VM , N
:‫@ﻭﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Zoibq@ávy@‡äÇ@òîÇìäÛa@ñŠa‹¨a (2

.( J / Kmol ⋅ K ) ‫ ( ﻭﻗﺎﺱ ﺑـ‬CV ,m ) ‫• ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ ( ﻭﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬J / Kg ⋅ K ) ‫ ( ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑـ‬cV ) ‫• ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
CV ,m
cV = (2.42)
M
‫ ( ﻭﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬J / m N3 ⋅ K ) ‫ ( ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑـ‬CV ) ‫• ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
CV ,m
CV = (2.43)
VM , N

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
cp Cp C p ,m
= = =k (2.44)
cV CV CV ,m
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
:‫ ﻭﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬،‫ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻻﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‬: k
.‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ‬ k = 1,67 •
.‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ‬ k = 1,40 •
.‫ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺕ‬k = 1,33 •
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

43‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

C p,m = a + b ⋅ T + c ⋅ T 2 (2.45)
.(3.5) ‫ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬a, b, c :‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
:‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
N N
c p = ∑ c p ,i g i , cV = ∑ cV ,i g i , (2.46)
i =1 i =1
N N
C p ,m = ∑ C p ,mi yi , CV ,m = ∑ CV ,mi yi , (2.47)
i =1 i =1
N N
C p = ∑ C p ,i yi , CV = ∑ CV ,i yi . (2.48)
i =1 i =1

c ⋅ 106 b .103 a ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

-1,444 7,616 26,380 ‫ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬
-3,375 12,520 25,670 ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ‬
-10,363 35,727 28,680 ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
-8,805 28,576 33,998 ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‬
-17,440 74,72 14,328 ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
-57,890 175,2 5,757 ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
-94,550 270,900 1,717 ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬
-162,400 345,000 9,613 ‫ﺃﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
-92,720 303,800 18,242 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
-148,900 420,000 13,147 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
-135,600 439,000 30,619 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬
-204,200 570,600 22,614 ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬

.‫ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻴﺔ‬a, b, c ‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ‬،(2.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

44‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪:(Thermal conductivity) òíŠa‹¨a@òîÜÓbäÛa -2.2.6‬‬

‫‪Fourier‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﲑ )‬

‫‪ ،(equation‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (Heat flux‬ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫)‪ (Given direction‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (Temperature gradient‬ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪∂T‬‬
‫⋅ ‪ϕ = −λ‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : ϕ‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪.( W / m 2 ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : λ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪.( W / m ⋅ K ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : ∂T‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪.( K / m ) ،‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ (3.6‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪:( 0 oC‬‬

‫] ‪(λ ), [W / m ⋅ K‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪0.142‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬
‫‪0.129‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫‪0.025‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ‬
‫‪0.024‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪0.024‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬
‫‪0.014‬‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(2.6‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴَﹰﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ‪:‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪45‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬Convection effects)‫• ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬

.(Conduction) ‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
.(Radiant effects) ‫• ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬
.(Wall effects) ‫• ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬λ = f (M i , T )
Z λ = f ( M i , T ) @ÝØ“Ûa@paˆ@òîãbîjÛa@pbîäzä¾a@âa‡ƒnbi@H λ I@µîÈm@òÔí‹  •

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫ ﻻﺣﻆ‬.( T ) ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬،(2.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

Zòîšbí‹Ûa@pbÓýÈÛa@âa‡ƒnbi@H λ I@µîÈm@òÔí‹  •

:‫( ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Sutherland) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬

46‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪1/ 2‬‬
‫‪198 + T N‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪⎛ T‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫‪λ = λN‬‬ ‫⎜⎜‬ ‫⎟⎟‬
‫‪TN‬‬ ‫‪198 + T‬‬ ‫‪⎝ TN‬‬ ‫⎠‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( λN‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﱪﻱ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻣﺎﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ( ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﱪﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻘﺒﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻮﺍﻛﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪47‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<

48‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ W-‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺪﻧﺴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺤﻮﻡ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻌﺔ )ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻓﻴﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ( C n H 2n + 2‬ﻭﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( H 2S ، N 2 ، CO 2‬ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﳍﻠﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( H 2 O‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫)ﺭﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺎﺕ ﺻﺨﺮﻱ‪.....‬ﺍﱁ( ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ )ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﳊﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻋﺬﺑﺔ‪ (.....‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﻤﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮ‪-‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ƒ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ )‪ (Solid contaminants‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﻴﺊ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺂﻛﻞ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻤﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫א‪‬א‪[49] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﺗﺎﺑﻴﺐ( ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺣﻨﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺂﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﻭﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲪﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ) ‪ ( C 2 ÷ C6+‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺫﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺗﺂﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﲪﻀﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺂﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳜﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[50] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫• ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ) ‪.( C 2 − C6+‬‬
‫• ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﳐﺼﺼﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ )ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺔ( ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻭﱄ )‪ (Primary-phase separation‬ﳌﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﲣﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻴﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺗﲑ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﰲ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺳﻴﺐ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[51] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﲟﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(9‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3.1‬א‪‬א‪ W‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Fluid‬‬ ‫• ×‪ :(Momentum) ò׋¨a@ òîà‬ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ )‬
‫‪ (phases with different densities‬ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ) ‪Different‬‬
‫‪ ،(momentum‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﲑ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ) ‪Changes‬‬
‫‪ (direction sharply‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ )‪ (Particles of the heavier phase‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﻒ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ )‪.(Two phases‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[52] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ‬:(Gravity Settling) òîiˆb§a@qdm@o¥@kîÛa •

‫ﺗﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﳍﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
Drag ) ‫( ﺍﳌﻮﺛﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺳﺤﺐ )ﺟﺮ( ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬Gravitational force)
‫ ﻻﺣﻆ‬.(Flowing around the droplet) ‫( ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﳍﺎ‬gas force
.‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬،(3.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻱ( ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
π
FG = D 3p ( ρ l − ρ g ) ⋅ g (3.1)
6

:‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺳﺤﺐ )ﺟﺮ( ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

π
Fd = Vt D p2 ρ g C ' (3.2)
8

‫ﻭﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫( ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬Terminal settling velocity) ‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﺳﻴﺐ‬

[53] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
FG = Fd (3.3)
:‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
4gD p (ρl − ρ g )
Vt = (3.4)
3ρg C '

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
(Critical or terminal gas velocity) ‫ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ )ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ( ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬: Vt
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ‬.( D p ) ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬
.( ft / sec )
.( 32.2 ft / sec 2 ) ،‫ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬: g
.( m ) ،‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺓ‬: D p
‫( ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬Liquid phase density) ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬: ρ l
.( lb / ft 3 ) ،()
،‫( ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬Gas phase density) ‫ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: ρ g
.( lb / ft 3 )
(Drag coefficient of particle) ‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬: C '
(Shape of the particle) ‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺔ‬
‫([ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬Sphere) ‫ﻼ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﹰﺎ‬‫ﻼ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻜ ﹰ‬ ‫]ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴ ﹰ‬
:‫( ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬Number Reynolds) ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‬
1488 D pVt ρ g
Re = (3.5)
µg
‫( ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﳉﺪﺍﺀ‬3.1) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ‬
:‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬،‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﲟﺮﺑﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‬

[54] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

ρ g D p3 ( ρ l − ρ g )
C ' ⋅ (Re) 2 = (0.95) ⋅ 108 ⋅ (3.6)
µ g2
.( cp ) ،‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬ µg ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬

.( C ' ) ‫ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﻠﺔ‬،(3.1) ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬

‫ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬:(Coalescing) xb߇ãüa@ ëc@ âbznÛüa •

‫( ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ‬Mist) ‫( ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ‬Fog) ‫( ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﺎﺏ‬Very small droplets)
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺳﻴﺐ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫( ﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺇﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬Coalescing devices) ‫ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ‬
‫( ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻡ‬Tortuous path) ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬

:‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬-3.2
‫ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
:‫ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬،(3.2 ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬:(Primary Separation Section) ïÛëþa@ Ý—ÐÛa@ áÓ (1
(Slugs) ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﺄﺓ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
[55] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﻭﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺚ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ‬Large liquid particles) ‫ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ‬

‫( ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬Tangential) ‫( ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺳﻲ‬Inlet nozzle)
‫( ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬Diverter baffle)
Centrifugal ) ‫ﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻧﺎﺑﺬﺓ‬‫ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺇﻛﺴﺎ‬
‫( ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬force
‫( ﰲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ‬Change of direction) ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
.‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬:(Gravity Section) òîiˆb§a@qdm@o¥@kîÛa@áÓ (2
‫ ﻭﻳﺸﻤﻞ‬،‫( ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬Force of gravity)
‫( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬Portion of the vessel) ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
Relatively low velocity with little ) ‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬
Gas ) ‫ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬،(turbulence
‫( ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬Particle size) ‫( ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬and liquid properties
‫ﻟﺔ‬‫ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺍﳌﻌﺪ‬،(Degree of gas turbulence)
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‬،‫( ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ‬Straightening vanes)
.‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬:(Coalescing Section) xb߇ãüa@ ëc@ âbznÛüa@ áÓ (3
(Mist extractor) ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻳﻞ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ‬
‫( ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬Series of vanes) ‫ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ‬
Cyclonic ) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻠﺰﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬Knitted wire mesh) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
.(passages
‫ ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ‬:(Sump or Liquid Collection Section) Ñí‹—nÛaë@ ÉîàvnÛa@ áÓ (4
‫ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬.‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﻭﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬

[56] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
.(‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ )ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬
:‫ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
.(Pressure gauge) ‫ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬.1
.(Temperature sensor) ‫ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬.2
.(Liquid level control) ‫ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﲟﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬.3
.(Control valves) ‫ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬.4

.‫ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻴﺔ‬،(3.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬ -3.3
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬،(‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ‬،‫ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻒ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬
:‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
.(Barrels per day) ،(Gas flow rate) ‫ƒ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ‬
،(Liquid flow rate) ‫ƒ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﻧﻔﻂ ﻭﻣﺎﺀ( ﻳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ‬
.( MMSCF / day )

[57] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ƒ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )‪.(Density of oil, water and gas‬‬

‫ƒ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )‪ (Required retention time of fluids‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ )‪.(Physical properties‬‬
‫ƒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪Temperature and pressure at which the separator‬‬
‫‪ (will operate‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ )‪.(Design pressure of the vessel‬‬
‫ƒ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ )‪ (Tow-phase‬ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ )‪.(Three-phase‬‬
‫ƒ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ )‪(Solid impurities‬‬
‫]ﺭﻣﻞ)‪، (Sand‬ﺑﺮﺍﻓﲔ )‪.[(Paraffin‬‬
‫ƒ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ )‪ (Foaming‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ )‪.(Plot space will be required‬‬
‫‪:(Vertical Separators) òí†ìàÈÛa@Ý–aìÐÛa -3.3.1‬‬

‫‪Gas-oil‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻂ ]‬
‫)‪ [ratio (GOR‬ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﻣﺘﺪﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ )‪ (Fluids enter‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﺼﻄﺪﻣﺔ )‪(Striking‬‬
‫ﲝﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﲝﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ )‪ (Bottom of the vessel‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ )‪ (Upward‬ﻣﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ ) ‪Dry‬‬
‫‪ (gas‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻠﺘﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(3.3‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ )‪ ،(Height‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﺪﺓ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[58] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Operating ) ‫ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺟﺎﻧﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﲟﺰﻳﻞ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳜﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬،(efficiency
.‫( ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ‬Required diameter) ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬

.‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﻋﻤﻭﺩﻱ‬،(3.3) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬

.‫• ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‬
The liquid level responds) ‫• ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫( ﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺬﺍﺭ‬quickly
.(‫ﻭﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
Small amount of plot ) ‫• ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺣﻴﺰﹰﺍ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
.(space
:‫ﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ‬‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻮ‬
.‫• ﺯﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
[59] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫• ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Horizontal Separators) òîÔÏþa@Ý–aìÐÛa -3.3.2‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑـ )‪(GOR‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ )ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪-‬ﻏﺎﺯ( ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﹰﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﺑﺔ ) ‪Entrapped‬‬
‫‪ .(gas‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳕﻴﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Conventional horizontal separator‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ‬
‫)‪.(Conventional horizontal double-barrel separator‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(3.4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.4‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﺒﺴﻴﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[60] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ )‪ (Connecting flow pipes‬ﺇﱃ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻔﻠﻲ ) ‪Liquid‬‬
‫‪ ..(reservoir below‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(3.5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.5‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻤﻀﺎﻋﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺯﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ )ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪-‬ﻏﺎﺯ( ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻗﻞ ﲦﻨﹰﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﲢﺘﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Spherical Separators) òíë‹ØÛa@Ý–aìÐÛa -3.3.3‬‬

‫‪High‬‬‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‬

‫‪ (pressure‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[61] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻭﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﲝﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻭﻛﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
.(3.6) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬.‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

.‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﻜﺭﻭﻱ‬،(3.6) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

 WEJF‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬ -3.4

‫ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺼﻤﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ‬

Flow ) ‫( ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﻪ‬Temperature) ‫( ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ‬Pressure)
‫( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬Physical properties) ‫( ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬rates
‫ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ )ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺃﻭ‬،(Degree of separation required) ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
.(Type and amount of liquid) ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﲪﺄﺓ( ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
Zòí†ìàÈÛa@Ý–aìÐÛa@áîà—m -3.4.1
(Without mist extractor) ‫ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ‬‫ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍ‬
‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬Gravity settling) ‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺳﻴﺐ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬3.1) ‫( ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬3.4) ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
[62] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪.(150 − 2000 microns‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(3.4‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ )ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρl − ρ g‬‬
‫‪Vt = K‬‬ ‫)‪(3.7‬‬
‫‪ρg‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ K‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ )‪ (Type of separator‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫)‪ ( ft l sec ) ،(Separating conditions‬ﻭﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪K ( ft / sec‬‬ ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪0.35‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬ ‫) ‪K ( ft / sec‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬

‫‪0.33‬‬ ‫‪300 Psig‬‬ ‫‪0.18-0.35‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬

‫‪0.30‬‬ ‫‪600 Psig‬‬ ‫‪0.40-0.50‬‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪0.27‬‬ ‫‪900 Psig‬‬ ‫‪0.20-0.35‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫‪0.21‬‬ ‫‪1500 Psig‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(3.2‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(3.1‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ‪K‬‬
‫‪.K‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺼل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼل‪.‬‬

‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ )ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ(‬

‫ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ) ‪ ( Vt‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ) ‪ ،( V g‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪Vt = V g‬‬ ‫)‪(3.8‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[63] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Qg 4 Qg 4QN p N T
Vg = = = ⋅ ⋅ ⋅Z (3.9)
AV πD 2
V π DV2 p TN

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( ft N3 / sec ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬: QN
.( ft 2 ) ،(Area) ‫ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬: AV
.( ft ) ،(Inside diameter of vessel) ‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬: DV
.( psia ) ،(Operating pressure) ‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻲ‬: p
.( o R ) ،‫ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬: T
‫( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬3.9)‫( ﻭ‬3.4) ‫ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻬﺰ ﲟﺰﻳﻞ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻏﲑ ﺍ‬
‫ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ‬.(3.9)‫( ﻭ‬3.7) ‫ﻬﺰ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﲟﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ‬‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺍ‬
.‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‬
( 100 o F ) ‫ ( ﻋﻨﺪ‬psig ) ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‬
( in )
16 - 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
20 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
24 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
30 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
36 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
42 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
48 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
54 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
60 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000

.‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬،(3.3) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

( Lss ) ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬

‫ ([ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬h ) Liquid level] ‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

[64] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Liquid and ) ‫ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
:‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬Gas reach equilibrium at separator pressure
4 ⋅V L
h= (3.10)
πDV2

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( ft ) ،‫ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬: h
‫ ( ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻦ‬ft 3 )،‫ ﺟﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬: VL
:‫( ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬Liquid retention time) ‫ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
VL = QL ⋅ t (3.11)

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( m 3 / sec ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬: QL
.( ft 3 / sec ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬: QL
‫ ( ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬sec ) ،‫ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬: t
.(3.4) ‫ ﻭﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺿﻌﺔ‬

( sec ) ‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

60 35 o API ‫ﻓﻮﻕ‬

60 − 120 20 − 30 o API
120 − 240 10 − 20 o API

.‫ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل‬،(3.4) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

‫ ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ‬m ) ،‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‬
h (in) + 76 (in)
Lss ( ft ) = (3.12)
12

[65] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

h(in) + DV (in) + 40(in)

Lss ( ft ) = (3.13)
12

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
.( 4 / 1 ) ‫ ( ﺇﱃ‬3 / 1 ) ‫ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
:òîÔÏþa@Ý–aìÐÛa@áîà—m -3.4.2
Gas drag ) ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫( ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬Directly oppose) ‫( ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬force
(Droplet velocity) ‫( ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬Gravitational settling force)
‫( ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬Vector sum) ‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺼﻠﺔ‬
Horizontal gas ) ‫( ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬Vertical terminal velocity) ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻬﺰ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ‬‫ﻬﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺍ‬‫( ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ )ﺍ‬velocity
‫ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‬:‫ﺭﺫﺍﺫ( ﳛﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫( ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺓ‬Inlet to outlet) ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺮﺟﻪ‬
Top of the vessel to ) ‫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬D p ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬
.(the surface of the liquid
‫ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
:(‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ )ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
4Q g
LH = (3.14)
π Vt DH
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( ft ) ،‫ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬: LH
.( ft 3 / sec ) ،‫ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬: Q g
.(3.6) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬.( ft ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬: DH

[66] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Gas capacity of horizontal ) ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬

(Cross-sectional area) ‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬،(separators
‫( ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬At maximum level) ‫ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬،(Total vessel cross-sectional area) ‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬

The fraction of the total area available for gas flow in horizontal
separator

h/D F h/D F
0 1.0 0.30 0.748
0.05 0.981 0.35 0.688
0.10 0.949 0.40 0.626
0.15 0.906 0.45 0.564
0.20 0.858 0.50 0.500
0.25 0.804 0.55 0.436

.(3.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

‫ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬،‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺳﻴﺐ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬‫ﻏﲑ ﺍ‬
‫( ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬K) ‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟـ‬3.4) ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
.‫ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ‬‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍ‬
:‫ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﺍﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍ‬

[67] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

ρl − ρ g ⎛ Lss ⎞
0.56

Vt ( ft / s ) = K ⎜ ⎟ (3.14)
ρg ⎝ 10 ⎠
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‬ Lss ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( ft )
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ ( ﺇﱃ‬2 / 1 ) ‫ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﺑﲔ‬-‫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‬-‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
.( 4 / 1 )
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‬
( 100 o F ) ‫ ( ﻋﻨﺪ‬psig ) ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‬
( in )
12 3/4 - 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
16 - 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
20 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
24 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
30 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
36 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
42 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
48 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
54 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000
60 125 230 600 1000 1200 1440 2000

.‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬،(3.6) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

:(Vessel Internals) ‫א‬ -3.5

‫ﻦ‬‫( ﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺴ‬Proper selection) ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
Operation of ) ‫( ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬Can enhance significantly) ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ‬،(separators
At design ) ‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬Reducing liquid carryover) ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫( ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻻﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬conditions
‫( ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬Improper design)

[68] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ .(Operation‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫)‪at off-design conditions‬‬

‫ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Mist separator with wire mesh) òîØj“Ûa@ˆaˆ‹Ûa@pýí·@ñèa@Ý–aìÐÛa -3.5.1‬‬
‫‪:(extractors‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،(10 micron‬ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﹰﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﲤ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺛﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﺤﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻼﻥ )‪ (3.7‬ﻭ)‪ (3.8‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.7‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻤﺯﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[69] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻤﺯﻴل ﺍﻟﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‬،(3.8) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ‬‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺛﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺮ‬
‫( ﻛﻤﺎ‬High gas flows) ‫ﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬‫( ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎ‬Dislodged) ‫ﻻﺗﱰﺍﺡ‬
‫( ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬Pressure relief valve lifts) ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫( ﺇﺫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﰲ‬Plants where fouling or hydrate formation) ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
.(More appropriate) ‫( ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﺀﻣﺔ‬Vane or centrifugal type separators)
‫ﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬‫ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺮ‬
( 9 − 12 lb ft 3 = 144 − 192 Kglm 3 ) ‫ ( ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ‬6" = 0,15 m )
Minimum recommended pad ) ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻰ‬
.( 4" = 0,10 m ) (thickness
‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ‬Problems) ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻒ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫( ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬Due to dirt or sludge accumulation) ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬

[70] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﳝﺔ‬Mounting brackets) ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺓ‬‫( ﺍﻷﺳﺮ‬Retaining frame) ‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‬
During ) ‫( ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ‬Hold) ‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬،(emergency blowdown
Pressure drop across a wire ) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺿﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
.‫( ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ‬Low) ‫( ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﹰﺎ‬mesh pad
Separator with vane type mist ) òîzöbЖ@ˆaˆŠ@pýí·@ñèa@Ý–aìÐÛa -3.5.2
:(extractors
‫ﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬‫ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍ‬‫ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍ‬
‫( ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬Drain the separated liquid) ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻮﻝ‬‫ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﺼﺮ‬
Down ) ‫ﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﺎﺑﻄﺔ‬‫( ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﻮﺟ‬Rising gas stream) ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﳎﻬﺰﹰﺍ‬
‫( ﻓﺎﺻ ﹰ‬3.9) ‫ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬.‫( ﲢﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬comer
.‫ﲟﺰﻳﻞ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺻﻔﺎﺋﺤﻲ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﻋﻤﻭﺩﻱ ﻤﺠﻬﺯ ﺒﻤﺯﻴل ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺤﻲ‬،(3.9) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[71] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﺑﺘﺨﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ )‪ (Remove fluid from the gas stream‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﱪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻌﺮﺟﺔ )‪-(Torturous path‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ -(3.10‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻧﺎﺑﺬﺓ )‪ (Inertial forces‬ﺗﻘﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ ) ‪Throw them‬‬
‫‪ (against the walls of the vane‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺼﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳍﺎﺑﻄﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.10‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ )‪(Same separation performance‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺭﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ )‪.(Housed in smaller vessels‬‬
‫ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺇﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (Dual mist extractor‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ )‪ (Foam‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ )‪ (Glycol‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﲔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Amine‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﳎﻬﺰﹰﺍ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﰲ ﺣﲔ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[72] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﳚﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﲟﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﲟﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬.( 6 − 12 in ) ‫ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﲔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫( ﰲ ﺣﲔ‬Small droplets) ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
Separators with centrifugal ) òí׋ß@ ñ†Šb @ ‹–bäÈi@ ñèa@ Ý–aìÐÛa -3.5.3
:(elements
Several types of centrifugal )
‫ﲦﺔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬solids) ‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬separators
‫ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬،‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
.(3.11) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﻋﻤﻭﺩﻱ ﻤﺠﻬﺯ ﺒﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻁﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‬،(3.11) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫( ﺑﻜﺜﲑ‬Less maintenance) ‫ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‬

:‫ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺋﻬﺎ ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬،(Filter separator) ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ‬

[73] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪Some designs‬‬ ‫• ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﺄﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ )‬
‫‪.(do not handle slugs well‬‬
‫) ‪Efficiency is not‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪.(as good as other types of separators‬‬
‫• ﺿﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (Pressure drop‬ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Filter Separator) òîЗnÛa@ëc@|î’Ûa@Ý–aìÏ -3.5.4‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳉﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ )‪ (Filter elements‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ )‪.(Periodically‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﱪ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ )ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ( ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ )ﻗﺴﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﺷﻴﺔ )‪ (Filter cartridges‬ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﱪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ ) ‪Mist extractor‬‬
‫‪(section‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺢ )‪ (Filter tubes‬ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[74] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﺗﻔﺘﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﺤﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﻧﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﱪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.12‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﳊﺸﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳚﺐ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ‪‬ﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪ ( 0,068 − 0,136 atm‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺿﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ) ‪ ( 0,68 atm‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﺷﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ) ‪ ،(1,7 atm‬ﺇﺫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﺷﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﺰﻕ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[75] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺷﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ) ‪ (100%‬ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ) ‪ ( 8 microns‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ‪.‬‬
‫• ) ‪ ( 99,5%‬ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪.( 0.5 − 8 microns‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺷﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ) ‪ (100%‬ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ) ‪ (10 microns‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ‪.‬‬
‫• ) ‪ ( 99%‬ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪.(10 microns‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( K = 1,3‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (3.7‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ‪ ،.....‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ )‪Liquid-‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ )‪ (Gas well stream‬ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺧﺎ ﹴ‬
‫‪ (free gas‬ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺎ ﹴﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪ ،(Gas-free liquid‬ﻭﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ )ﻏﺎﺯ‪-‬ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ( ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﱪﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‬
‫)‪ (Ideal equilibrium‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )‪ (Liquid retention time‬ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ )ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ( ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰ‪‬ﺎ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[76] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ W-‬‬
‫ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ )‪ (Highly toxic gas‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ‪‬ﻴﺠﺎﺕ )‪ (Irritation‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻒ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻨﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ‬
‫) ‪ ( 0,02 ppm‬ﺣﺠﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻢ ) ‪Human sense‬‬
‫‪ (of smell‬ﰲ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﳋﻄﺮﺓ )‪ (Hazardous concentrations‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ )‪ (Highly flammable gas‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( 4,3% − 46,0%‬ﺣﺠﻤﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﳑﺎ ﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫) ‪ ( H 2S‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(4.1‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ )‪(Colorless‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ )‪ ،(Odorless‬ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ )‪،(Non-flammable‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ ﻣﺴﺒﺒﹰﺎ ﻧﻘﺼﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻣﺆﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‬
‫)‪ (Suffocation‬ﻭﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺧﻄﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺿﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[77] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﻮ‪-‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪6 − 10 mg H 2 S/m N3 gas‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ‬ ‫‪230 mg H 2 S/m N3 gas‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( R - SH‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫‪< 50 − 100 ppm‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( COS‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫‪< 5 ppm‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫‪< 0,3 % vol CO 2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(4.1‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﺜﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Sweetening process‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ )‪ (Reasons of safety‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻼﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ )‪.(Corrosion‬‬
‫‪Gas‬‬ ‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ )‬
‫‪.(and/or liquid product specifications‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪.(Compression costs‬‬
‫• ﳌﻨﻊ ﺗﺴﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (Poisoning of catalysts‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ )‪ (Downstream facilities‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ )‪.(Environmental requirements‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[78] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬-4.1

‫( ﰲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬Gas treating process) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

‫( ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬Entire gas processing facility) ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
Acid gas ) ‫ﺪﻑ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‬ (Methods chosen) ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‬
(Dehydration) ‫( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬Sulfur recovery) ‫( ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‬disposal
‫( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﻳﺌﻲ‬Liquids recovery) ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
،(Liquid product treating) ‫( ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬Liquids fractionation) ‫ﳍﺎ‬
:‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫( ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬Air pollution regulations) ‫• ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬
.(Sulfur compound disposal) ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‬
Type and concentration of ) ‫• ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‬
.(impurities in the sour gas
.(Specifications for the acid gas) ‫• ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‬
Specifications for the ) ‫• ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ‬
.(residue gas
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬.(Sour gas)
.(Sweet gas) ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ‬
.(Volume of gas to be processed) ‫• ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ‬
Hydrocarbon ) ‫• ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
.(composition of the gas
Selectivity required for acid gas ) ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‬ ‫• ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
.(removal

[79] ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫• ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪.(Capital cost and operating cost‬‬
‫• ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ )‪.(Royalty cost for process‬‬
‫• ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ )‪.(Liquid product specifications‬‬
‫) ‪Disposal of byproducts‬‬ ‫• ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﺮﺓ‬
‫‪.(considered hazardous chemicals‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ )‪.(Operating conditions‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪ :(Gas composition‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪ (Inlet gas stream‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪(High partial pressures‬‬
‫) ‪ ( 50 psia‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ) ‪Physical‬‬
‫‪ (solvent‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ )‪ (Heavy hydrocarbons‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ )‪ ،(Amines‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺘﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ (CS2 ،COS ،‬ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ) ‪ ( H 2S‬ﻭ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪:(Chemical Reaction Processes) òîöbîàîØÛa@pbîÜàÈÛa -4.1.1‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪( CO 2‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[80] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻻﺣﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪) òìØÇ@ pýÇbÐm .1‬ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ↔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ(‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﰲ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ )‪(Absorber‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ )‪ (Stripper‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :òìØÇ@Ë@pýÇbÐm .2‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪:(Caustic Scrubbing Process)@ëb×@ÞìÜ«@âa‡ƒnbi@òîÔänÛa@-4.1.1.1‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺩﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫) ‪ ( NaOH‬ﰲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( CS 2 ) ،( CO 2 ) ،( H 2 S‬ﻭ) ‪ ( R - SH‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ) ‪One‬‬
‫‪ (stage‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ )‪ (Multi stages‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺧﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺩﻳﻮﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺝ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﺎﺩﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﺒﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳋﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﲢﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪H 2 S + NaOH → NaSH + H 2 O‬‬
‫‪R − SH + NaOH → RSNa + H 2 O‬‬
‫‪CO 2 + NaOH → Na 2 CO 3 + H 2 O‬‬

‫‪CS 2 + NaOH → 2NaHS + CO 2‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[81] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﶈﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻭﻱ )‪ (Caustic system‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ) ‪ ( Na 2 CO 3‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ )‪(Nonregenerated product‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻭﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺻﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Aqueous Alkanolamine ) pbäîßÿÛ@ òîöb¾a@ ÝîÛba@ âa‡ƒnbi@ òîÔänÛa -4.1.1.2‬‬
‫‪:(Processes‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﻣﻀﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﶈﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ) ‪.( H 2 S‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.1‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﺴﲑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ )‪(Inlet separator‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ )‪ (Absorber‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﱐ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﳓﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﺝ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻓﹰﺎ‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[82] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﺝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺃﻣﻼﺣﹰﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
‫)‪ ،(Regenerable salts‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪2 RNH 2 + H 2 S ↔ (RNH 3 ) 2 S‬‬

‫‪2 RNH 2 + CO 2 + H 2 O ↔ (RNH 3 ) 2 CO 3‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﶈﻠﻰ )‪ (Sweetened gas‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﱪﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻬﹰﺎ ﳓﻮ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ )‪ (Outlet separator‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ )‪ (MEA‬ﻭﺳﻴﻂ‬
‫ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ )‪ (Water wash‬ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺨﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﶈﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﺸﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﺑﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺇﺧﻀﺎﻋﻪ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ )‪.(Dehydration‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻀﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ )‪ (Rich amine solution‬ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺟﺰﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﹰﺎ ﳓﻮ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻀﻲ )‪ (Flash tank‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[83] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪Rich/Lean‬‬

‫‪ (exchanger‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫)‪ (Stripper‬ﻣﺘﺪﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ )‪(Reboiler‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﺨﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ (110 − 125 C o‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﲔ ﻭ) ‪( H 2 S‬‬
‫ﻭ) ‪.( CO 2‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ )‪ (Lean amine solution‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﱪﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ )‪ (Lean cooler‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ) ‪ (10 o F‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Hydrocarbon dew point‬ﰒ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻠﺼﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﱪﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﻒ )‪ (Condenser‬ﰒ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ )‪ (Reflux separator‬ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﺦ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻭﲪﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫)‪ ،(gas sweetening units‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (Monoethanolamine‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (MEA‬ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪µßc@ Þìãbníg@ ð†byc -1‬‬
‫) ‪:( HOC 2 H 4 NH 2‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﳏﻼﺓ ﲟﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻭ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[84] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪HOC 2 H 4 NH 2 + H 2 S ↔ HOC 2 H 4 − NH 3 HS‬‬

‫‪HOC 2 H 4 NH 2 + H 2 O + CO 2 ↔ HOC 2 H 4 − NH 3 HCO 3‬‬

‫ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﶈﻠﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( 6 mg H 2S/m N3 gas‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ (100 ppmv‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( COS‬ﻭ) ‪.( CS 2‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ )‪ (MEA‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪ ( 0.3 − 0.35 moles of acid gas/mole of MEA‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﻴﲏ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻳﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪.(10 − 20 wt %‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ )‪ (MEA‬ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﲞﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺨﺮ )‪ (Vaporization‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻠﺠﺄ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ )‪(Water wash‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (Diethanolamine) µßc@ Þìãbníg@ ïöbäq -2‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (DEA‬ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪: (HOC 2 H 4 )2 NH‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫)‪ (MEA‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ )‪ (MEA‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ) ‪.( 0.35 − 0.8 mole / mole‬‬
‫• ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( COS‬ﻭ) ‪ ( CS 2‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[85] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻟـ )‪ (DEA‬ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﳐﻄﻂ )‪.(MEA‬‬
‫)‪ (Diglycolamine‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (DGA‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪µßc@ ÞìØîÜË@ ïöbäq -3‬‬
‫‪: H(OC 2 H 4 )2 NH 2‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﲔ ﺃﻭﱄ ﺫﻭ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻭ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( COS‬ﻭ) ‪ ( R − SH‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﰲ )‪.(Refinery gas‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻫﺎﺀ‬
‫) ‪ ( 6 mg H 2S/ m N3 gas‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ) ‪ ،(125 psig‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮﻳﺔ )‪ (Aromatics‬ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﺔ )‪ (Olefins‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ )‪ (Heavy hydrocarbons‬ﻣﻦ )‪ (MEA‬ﻭ)‪ (DEA‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (Carbon filtration‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ )‪ .(DGA‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫)‪ (DGA‬ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﳐﻄﻂ )‪ (MEA‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ )‪(DGA‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ) ‪ ( 50 − 70 % wt‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )‪ (MEA‬ﺑﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪.(15 − 20%‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ )‪ (DGA‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟـ )‪ (DGA‬ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪ ،( 50 − 70 % wt‬ﳝﺘﺎﺯ )‪ (DGA‬ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﲡﻤﺪ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﱪﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﲡﻤﺪ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[86] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ (Methyldiethanolamine) µßc@ Þìãbníg@ ïöbäq@ Ýînîß -4‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (MDEA‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪: (HOC 2 H 4 )NCH 3‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ )‪ (residue gas‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﲤﺘﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻲ ﲝﺠﻮﻡ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ )‪.(SRU‬‬
‫‪ (Triethanolamine)@ µßc@ Þìãbníg@ ïqýq -5‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (TEA‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪: (HOC 2 H) 3 N‬‬
‫ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﲡﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺑـ )‪ (MEA‬ﻭ)‪ (DEA‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﲟﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﺀﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﻧﻴﺎ )‪ (Ammonia plants‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫) ‪.( CO 2‬‬
‫‪ (Diisopropanolamine) µßc@Þìãbië‹i@ëíg@ïöbäq -6‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (DIPA‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪: (HOC 2 H 4 ) 2 NH 2‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﲔ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[87] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
MDEA DIPA DGA TEA DEA MEA ‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
119,2 133,1 105,1 149,1 105,1 61,08
Kg/Kmo ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
l
1,0418 0,989 1,055 1,125 1,0919 1,0180 ρ 420 ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬
-21,0 42,0 -9,5 21,2 28,0 10,5 o
C ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺼﻬﺎﺭ‬

o
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﺎﻥ‬
247,2 248,7 221 360 268 171 C
( 1.013 bar )
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
0,013 0,013 0,013 0,013 0,013 0,480 mbar
( 20 oC )
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻚ‬
- - - 3*10-7 6*10-6 5*10-5
( 20 oC )
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬
101 198 26 1013 380 24,1 cp
( 20 oC )
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﺮ‬
519 430 510 536 671 827 KJ / Kg
( 1 atm )

.‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ‬،(4.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

:(Physical Solvent Processes) òîöbíîÐÛa@pbj퉾a@âa‡ƒnbi@òîÔänÛa@-4.1.2

Physical ) ‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬،‫( ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬absorption
.( R - SH )‫ ( ﻭ‬CS 2 ) ،( COS ) ‫ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬‫ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ‬
:‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
.( 50 psi ) ‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ‬

.‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬

.‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‬
.( H 2 S ) ‫( ﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬Selective removal) ‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

[88] ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﻻﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﻞ )‪.(Inert stripping gas‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﻭﻛﺴﺢ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳑﺎ ﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻻﻳﺴﺘﻬﺎﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪:(Selexol) òîÜàÇ -4.1.2.1‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﺑﻮﱄ ﺇﻳﺘﻴﻠﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ )‪ (Polyethylene glycol derivative‬ﻛﻤﺬﻳﺐ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( R - SH ) ،( CS 2 ) ،( H 2S‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻼﺯﻡ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻓﻴﻨﻴﺔ ) ‪Paraffin‬‬
‫‪ (hydrocarbons‬ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﻔﻴﻨﻴﺔ )‪ (Olefins‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮﻳﺔ )‪ (Aromatic‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Flour Solvent) òîÜàÇ -4.1.2.2‬‬
‫ﺳﺠﻠﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ )‪ ،(Flour Corporation‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﻴﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ) ‪Anhydrous propylene‬‬
‫‪ ،(carbonate‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﺝ‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[89] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ )‪ (Absorber‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ )‪ (Refrigeration methods‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Rectisol Process) òîÜàÇ -4.1.2.3‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ )‪ (Methanol‬ﻛﻤﺬﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪ ،( − 30 oF ÷ − 100 oF‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫)‪ ،(LNG‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Purisol Process) òîÜàÇ -4.1.2.4‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺐ )‪ (N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﳐﺘﺼﺮ )‪ ،(NMP‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ) ‪.( H 2S‬‬
‫‪:(Combination Processes) ò×“¾a@pbîÜàÈÛa -4.1.3‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺘﺎ ﳒﺎﺣﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﳘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪:(Sulfinol Process) òîÜàÇ -4.1.3.1‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ) ‪،( COS ) ،( CO 2 ) ،( H 2S‬‬
‫) ‪ ( CS 2‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻮﻟﻔﻴﻨﻮﻝ )‪ (Sulfinol‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻟﻔﻮﻟﻦ )‪-(Sulfolane‬ﻣﺬﻳﺐ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،-‬ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ‪ DIPA‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪) MDEA‬ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ Sulfinol‬ﻣﻊ ‪ (Sulfinol-D) DIPA‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( CO 2 ) ،( H 2S‬ﻭ) ‪ ،( COS‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Sulfinol‬ﻣﻊ‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[90] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ (Sulfinol-M) MDEA‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( H 2S‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﻏﺎﺯ‬

‫) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ) ‪ ،( COS‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳜﻔﺾ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﱪﻳﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ )‪.(ppm‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻟﻔﻴﻨﻮﻝ ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺫﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺁﻛﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺫﻭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺫﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪.(Traces‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪.( CO 2‬‬
‫‪:(Hi-Pure Process) òîÜàÇ -4.1.3.2‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﺳﻴﻮﻡ ) ‪.( K 2 CO 3‬‬
‫• ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﲟﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻭ) ‪ ( H 2S‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫) ‪ (1 ppmv ) ،( 30 ppmv‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Alkaline Salt Process)@òíìÜÔÛa@ýßþa@âa‡ƒnbi@òîÔänÛa -4.1.4‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﺳﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫) ‪ ،( K 2 CO 3‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺮﺟﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ )‪ (Contactor‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫)‪ (Stripper‬ﻳﻌﻤﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪.( 230 ÷ 240 oF‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[91] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﳎ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( H 2S‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﺳﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻭ) ‪ ( H 2S‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪K 2 CO 3 + CO 2 + H 2 O ↔ 2KHCO 3‬‬
‫‪K 2 CO 3 + H 2 S ↔ KHS + KHCO 3‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ )‪ (Special designs‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫)‪ (Two-stage system‬ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﺳﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﶈﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ )‪،(Single stage process‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Split flow process‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ )‪.(Two stage process‬‬

‫‪-4.2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ :‬‬
‫‪Gas‬‬ ‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‬
‫‪ (sweetening units‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪:(Inlet separation) òÜ‚a‡Ûa@paŒbÌÛa@Ý—Ï .1‬‬
‫ﲡﻬﺰ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[92] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻻﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺄﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Filtration) ò§bȾa@ÝîÛb«@|î’‹m .2‬‬
‫ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( 5 micron‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻹﳒﺎﺡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :¶ëþa@ òÜy‹¾a‬ﻭﺗﻨ ﹼﻔﺬ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﻴﺔ )‪ (Cartridge filter‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪.(10 micron‬‬
‫) ‪Activated carbon‬‬ ‫• ‪ :òîãbrÛa@òÜy‹¾a‬ﺗﻨ ﹼﻔﺬ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ (filter‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ‪،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ،( 5 micron‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻏﻮﺓ‬
‫)‪ (Antifoams‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ )‪ (Foam tests‬ﺃﻱ ﲢﺴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﳐﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﱐ )‪.(Carbon bed‬‬
‫‪:paŒbÌÛa@‹í‹¥ .3‬‬
‫ﲡﻬﺰ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﲞﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (Flash tank‬ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[93] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻀﻔﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﳜﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪.(Rich/Lean exchanger‬‬
‫• ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳜﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﻮﻗﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﲔ )‪ (10-5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Corrosion) Ý×fnÛa@Ý×b“ß@Àým .4‬‬
‫ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﲨﻴﻊ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻭ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﻛﺎ ًﹰﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ) ‪ ( H 2 S / CO 2‬ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ) ‪.( H 2 S / CO 2‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ƒ †‪ :ñŠa‹¨a@ òuŠ‬ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺴﺨﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺗﺂﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ‪ :ÝöbÛa@ Õχm@ òÇ‹‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ )‪ (Protective iron sulfide film‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ) ‪ ( 50%‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[94] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ƒ ‪ :êî׋më@ ⇃n¾a@ òîÜznÛa@ ÞìÜ«@ Êìã‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳏﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻉ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :ð†bèu⁄a@ ïÜ×fnÛa@ ʇ—nÛa .I‬ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﳌﱪﺩ ﻭﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺃ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻼﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫)‪.(post-weld heat treatment‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ )‪(PWHT‬‬
‫‪ :(SOHIC) îu늇îa@ Ñ—ÔnÛa@ åÇ@ wmbäÛa@ ʇ—nÛa .II‬ﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻼﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‬
‫)‪ (steel‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (PWHT‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﳝﻨﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪Corrosion‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻼﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ‬
‫‪ ،(inhibitors‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﻭﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺨﻦ ﲟﺎ ﻻﻳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳍﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[95] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫• ﲡﻨﺐ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Foaming) ñìË‹Ûa@ÝØ“m@kä¤ .5‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳊﻤﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺷﺤﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﱐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺯﻳﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻟﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻼﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺐ ﲡﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺜﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑـ ) ‪ (10 oF‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪[96] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬

Long ) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﱄ‬Silicone) ‫( ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﱐ‬Antifoam) ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ‬
.(chain alcohol
:(Materials) òjbä¾a@æ†bȾa@òîÇìã@Šbîn‚a .6
‫( ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬Carbon steel) ‫ﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﱐ‬ ‫ﻳﻌ‬
‫ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‬،‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ‬
‫ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳏﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ‬
:‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Stainless steel)
.‫• ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‬
.‫• ﺣﺰﻡ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺨﻦ‬
.(‫ ﻧﻈﻴﻒ‬/‫• ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )ﻣﺸﺒﻊ‬
.‫• ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺟﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫ ﻧﻈﻴﻒ( ﻭﺑﺮﺝ‬/‫• ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )ﻣﺸﺒﻊ‬
.‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﱐ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﱐ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‬

[97] ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

[98] ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪@ ‬‬
‫‪W-‬‬
‫ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺿﺨﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺸﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﺑﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﻨﻘﺺ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﻭﲢﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ .( 4 g / mN3 ÷ 20 g / mN3‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :(Absolute humidity) òÔÜݾa@òiì ‹Ûa‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :(Relative humidity) òîjäÛa@òiì ‹Ûa‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﳉﻌﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :(Specific humidity) òîÇìäÛa@òiì ‹Ûa‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[99] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﺳﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )‪ (NGL‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ )ﺣﱴ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫)ﺣﱴ ‪ ( 0.5 ÷ 10 ppm‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ )‪ (Free water‬ﻭﺗﻼﰲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ )‪.(Processing and transportation facilities‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﳎﻔﻔﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪Water‬‬
‫‪.(content specification‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺗﻼﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ )‪.(Corrosion‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺜﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ )‪ (Absorption‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳎﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ )‪.(Liquid desiccants‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺰﺍﺯ )‪ (Adsorption‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳎﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ )‪.(Solid desiccants‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻜﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟﺴﻴﻮﻡ ) ‪.( CaCl 2‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ )‪.(Refrigeration‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺫﺓ )‪.(Membrane permeation‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻄﲑ )‪.(Distillation‬‬

‫‪ -5.1‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪WEWater Content of GasesF‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫)‪ (Composition‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (Pressure‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪ (Temperature‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺪﺩ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[100] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ñìܨa@òîÈîjİÛa@paŒbÌÛa@À@òiì ‹Ûa@ôìn« -5.1.1‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( ∆ = 0,6‬ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( 70% CH 4‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(5.1‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﻩ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﳊﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ) ∆ ‪( C‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ ) ‪ ( C S‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5.1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.1‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[101] ‬‬
  ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ = ∆ ( ﻭﺫﺍﺕ‬0,6 ) ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬

[1 ÷ 690 bar ] ‫ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‬‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‬
:‫[ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬- 40 ÷ +110 oC ]‫ﻭ‬
A
W = +B (5.1)
p
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( atm ) ،‫ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬: p ،( g / m 3 ) ،‫ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬: W
:‫ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬: A, B
T A B T A B T A B T A B
-40 0.1451 0.0034 -4 3.480 0.0338 +32 36.1 0.1895 +68 219 0.741
-38 0.1780 0.0040 -2 4.030 0.0377 +34 40.5 0.207 +70 238 0.793
-36 0.2189 0.0046 0 4.670 0.0418 +36 45.2 0.224 +72 260 0.841
-34 0.2670 0.0053 +2 5.400 0.0464 +38 50.8 0.242 +74 283 0.902
-32 0.3235 0.0062 +4 6.225 0.0515 +40 56.25 0.263 +76 306 0.965
-30 0.3930 0.0071 +6 7.150 0.0571 +42 62.7 0.285 +78 335 1.023
-28 0.4715 0.0080 +8 8.200 0.0630 +44 69.25 0.310 +80 363 1.083
-26 0.5560 0.0092 +10 9.390 0.0696 +46 76.7 0.335 +82 394 1.148
-24 0.6775 0.0104 +12 10.72 0.0767 +48 85.29 0.363 +84 429 1.205
-22 0.8090 0.0116 +14 12.39 0.0855 +50 94 0.391 +86 462 1.250
-20 0.960 0.0134 +16 13.94 0.0930 +52 103 0.422 +88 501 1.290
-18 1.1440 0.0151 +18 15.75 0.1020 +54 114 0.454 +90 537.5 1.327
-16 1.350 0.0170 +20 17.87 0.1120 +56 126 0.487 +92 582.5 1.367
-14 1.590 0.0192 +22 20.15 0.1227 +58 138 0.521 +94 624 1.405
-12 1.868 0.0211 +24 22.80 0.1343 +60 152 0.562 +96 672 1.445
-10 2.188 0.0229 +26 25.50 0.1453 +62 166.5 0.599 +98 725 1.487
-8 2.550 0.0271 +28 28.70 0.1595 +64 183.3 0.645 +100 776 1.530
-6 2.990 0.0303 +30 32.30 0.1740 +66 200.5 0.691 +110 1093 2.620
.(5.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
‫ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺃﻭ‬‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺎ‬
:‫ ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬0,6 ) ‫ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
⎛A ⎞
W = ⎜⎜ + B ⎟⎟ × C ∆ × C S (5.2)
⎝p ⎠
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬: C∆
.‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬: CS

[102] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:( H 2 S )ë ( CO 2 ) òíëb¨a@paŒbÌÛa@À@õb¾a@ôìn« -5.1.2

‫ ( ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ‬H 2 S )‫ ( ﻭ‬CO 2 ) ‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ‬

،‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬.‫ﻭﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
.(5.4)‫( ﻭ‬5.3) ،(5.2)

( H 2 S ) ‫ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﺯ‬،(5.3) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬ ( CO 2 ) ‫ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﺯ‬،(5.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬

‫ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﻭﺒﻌﺽ‬CO 2 ‫ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﺎﺯ‬،(5.4) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

.( 100 oF ) ‫ﺍﻷﻤﺯﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬

[103] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺇﻥ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻭ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﲔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳊﻠﻮ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫) ‪ ( 700 psia‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳚﺐ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪( 5%‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﺃﻭ‪ /‬ﻭﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ) ‪،( 700 psia‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( CH 4‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪ ( N 2‬ﺇﱃ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﰎ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.3‬ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪ (5.5) ،(5.1‬ﻭ)‪ (5.6‬ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫) ‪ ( 40 %‬ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪W = y HCWHC + y CO WCO + y H SWH S‬‬ ‫)‪(5.3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : W‬ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‪.( lb / MMSCF ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : WHC‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.( lb / MMSCF ) ،(5.1‬‬
‫‪ : y HC‬ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : WCO‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﺍﺓ ﰲ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.( lb / MMSCF ) ،(5.5‬‬

‫‪ : y CO‬ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[104] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ : WH S‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﺍﺓ ﰲ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫)‪.( lb / MMSCF ) ،(5.6‬‬

‫‪ : y H S‬ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(5.6‬ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﺍﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(5.5‬ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﺍﺓ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ :òßbç@òÄyýß‬ﻻﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﲔ )‪ (5.5‬ﻭ)‪ (5.6‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ‬

‫ﻏﺎﺯﻱ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻭ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﲔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﳘﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Hydrate Region) paŠ‡îa@òÔİäß@À@ŒbÌÛbi@õb¾a@ôìn«@-5.1.3‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ‪‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪] :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ‬
‫ﻼ )‪ ،[(Liquid phase‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫)‪ (Condensed water‬ﻃﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺳﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﻠﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫)‪.(Metastable liquid‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[105] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬،‫( ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬Hydrate formation period) ‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫( ﰲ‬Presence of crystal nucleation sites) ‫ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
.‫ﺍﱁ‬....(Degree of agitation) ‫ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
(Dehydration systems) ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫( ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻊ‬TEG) ‫ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬،(5.7) ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬،(Water dewpoint) ‫ﺪﻑ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
.‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ‬

.(5.7) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[106] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪@ @Zbí¬@òiì ‹Ûa@ôìn«@‡í‡¥@Ö‹ @M5.1.4‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﳐﱪﻳﹰﺎ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﻃﺮﻕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :(Observation of the dew point) ô‡äÛa@òİÔã@òjÓa‹ß (1‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﱪ‪‬ﺩﺓ )‪(Cooled mirror‬‬
‫ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ) ‪Water‬‬
‫‪ ،(condensation temperature‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪.(Hydrocarbon dew point‬‬
‫‪ :(Magnesium perchlorate) âìíä̾a@paŠìÜ×@ÖìÏ@âa‡ƒnbi Œanßüa@òÔí‹  (2‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪.(Gravimetric method‬‬
‫‪ :(Karl-Fischer method) ‹“îÏ@ M@@ ÞŠb×@ òÔí‹  (3‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﳉﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﺷﻒ ﻛﺎﺭﻝ ﻓﻴﺸﺮ )‪ (Karl-Fischer reagent‬ﺣﻴﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪Hydrates in ) ‬‬ ‫‪-5.2‬‬
‫‪(Natural Gas Systems‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ )‪،(Hydrate‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻲ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (Physical combination‬ﺑﲔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[107] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪:paŠ‡îa@kî׋më@òîäi -5.2.1‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ ﻣﻊ )‪(7-6‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻠﻴﺪ )‪ (Ice-like‬ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( 880 ÷ 900 Kg / m 3‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻄﻔﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻜ ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺣﲔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ CO 2 ، N 2 ،‬ﻭ ‪ H 2 S‬ﲡﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳕﻴﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭﻳﺔ )‪(Crystalline structures‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪:(I) ÊìäÛa .1‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ) ‪.( CH 4 , C 2 H 6 , CO 2 , H 2 S‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ )‪ (46‬ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺔ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻭ)‪ (8‬ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ) ‪ ( 8 X g ⋅ 46 H 2 O‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫) ‪ ،( X g ⋅ 5,75 H 2 O‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5.8‬‬
‫‪:(II) ÊìäÛa .2‬‬
‫‪i - C 4 H10‬‬ ‫• ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ‪، C3H8‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪. n - C 4 H10‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ )‪ (136‬ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺔ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻭ)‪ (24‬ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ) ‪ ( 24 X g ⋅ 136 H 2 O‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫) ‪ ،( X g ⋅ 5,75 H 2 O‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5.9‬‬
‫‪:(H) ÊìäÛa .3‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﺑﺎﺭﺍﻓﻴﻨﻴﺔ )‪(Isoparaffins‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﻴﺔ )‪ (Cycloalkanes‬ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ )‪.(Pentane‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[108] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫• ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ )‪ (34‬ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺔ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻭ)‪ (6‬ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5.10‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.10‬ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪،(5.9‬ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪،(5.8‬ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻫﻴﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ )‪(H‬‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ )‪(II‬‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ )‪(I‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺰﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ )‪.(II‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺫﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( C 3 H 8‬ﻭ) ‪ ( i − C 4 H 10‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺿﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ( ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﻔﻜﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ )‪ (II‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ )‪.(I‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.12‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻭﺒﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.11‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[109] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( H 2 S‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫)ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻏﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳜﻔﺾ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪@ @ZpaŠ‡îa@ÝØ“m@Âë‹’@-5.2.2‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :HPrimary considerationsI@ òîbþa@Âë‹“Ûa .A‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﺒﻌﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ(‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :(Secondary considerations) ñ‡Çb¾a@òíìãbrÛa@Âë‹“Ûa .B‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺝ‬
‫)‪ ،(Mixing‬ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪ ،(Kinetics‬ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ )‪ ،(Agglomeration‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﺘﻠﻬﺎ ) ﺃﻛﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪...،‬ﺍﱁ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ )‪ (Salinity‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (Phase diagram‬ﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪.-(5.13‬‬
‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳋﻂ )‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﱐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳋﻂ‬
‫)”‪ (2,2’,2‬ﻓﻴﻤﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ -Low quadruple point-(LQP‬ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻠﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫)‪ (LQP‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﻂ )’‪ (2‬ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺤﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﱐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[110] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ -High quadruple point-(HQP‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﱐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (HQP‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (HQP‬ﻻﳚﻮﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻻﳜﺘﻔﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﺭ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪(HQP‬‬
‫ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺍﳔﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫)‪ (HQP‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.14‬ﺍﳌﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.14‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.13‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺯﻴﺞ )ﻤﺎﺀ‪-‬ﻫﻴﺩﺭﻭﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻨﻘﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Prediction of Sweet I@ ñìܨa@òîÈîjİÛa@paŒbÌÛa@paŠ‡îç@ÝØ“m@Âë‹“i@ûjänÛa -5.2.3‬‬

‫‪ZHNatural Gas Hydrate Conditions‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻠﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( CO 2‬ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫) ‪ ،( H 2 S‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[111] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫)‪ ،(Gas analysis‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﺗﺰ )‪ (Katz method‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ )ﲞﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﺐ( ]‪[Vapor solid equilibrium constants‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌ ‪‬ﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫= ‪K vs‬‬ ‫)‪(5.4‬‬
‫‪xs‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : y‬ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : x s‬ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ )ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ : K vs‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )ﲞﺎﺭ‪-‬ﺻﻠﺐ(‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ )ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻭﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺰﻭﺑﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ( ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻼ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )ﲞﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﺐ( ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﺿﻐﻂ ﳏﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻉ ) ‪ ،( ∑ y / K vs‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫‪N =1‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻴﺄﺓ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ )‪ (Katz‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫) ‪ ،(1000 − 1500 psia‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[112] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:òî›ßby@paŒbË@òíëb¨a@òîÈîjİÛa@paŒbÌÛa@paŠ‡îç@ÝØ“m@Âë‹“ i@ûjänÛa@-5.2.4
‫( ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ‬Katz) ‫ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﻳﺴﺘﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬،‫ ( ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬K vs ) ‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻦ‬H 2 S )‫ ( ﻭ‬CO 2 ) ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
.‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺻﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‬Baille & Wichert) ‫ ( ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬H 2 S )
.( H 2 S ) ‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬

.( H 2 S ) ‫ ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺅ ﻋﻥ ﻫﻴﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،(5.15) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[113] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (EOS‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺛﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ) ‪ ( ± 2 oF‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5.3‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ W‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻃﺮﻕ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ )ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ‪ (...،‬ﺇﱃ ﳎﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Hydrate Inhibition) paŠ‡îa@ÝØ“m@Éãaìß -5.3.1‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ )‪(Glycols‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ )‪ (Methanol‬ﰲ ﳎﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ )‪ (Condensed aqueous phase‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﳏﻠﻮ ﹸﻻ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﻻﻳﺘﺠﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ )ﲢﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ )ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ( ﻣﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[114] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻄﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ )‪.(Cryogenic conditions‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻳﺘﻴﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ )‪ ،(DEG‬ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺇﻳﺘﻴﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ )‪ (TEG‬ﻭﺇﻳﺘﻴﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ‬
‫)‪ (EG‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﻠﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﻴﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺰﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﳓﻼﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(5.2‬ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺎﻨﻭل‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﳌﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[115] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﻓﻲ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺩ‬EG) ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺤﻘﻥ‬،(5.16) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

.(refrigeration plants)

‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫( ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ‬Freezing point) ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﳏﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻏﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﲡﻤﺪ‬
‫( ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬5.17) ‫ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻘﻦ‬
.‫ﲡﻤﺪ ﳏﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬

.‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺘﺠﻤﺩ ﻤﺤﺎﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬،(5.17) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[116] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫)‪ (Hammerschmidt’s equation‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪2335X I‬‬
‫=‪d‬‬ ‫)‪(5.5‬‬
‫) ‪M I (1 − X I‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : d‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ) ‪.( o F‬‬
‫‪ : M I‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ( ﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : X I‬ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻧﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( 20 − 25% wt‬ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫) ‪ ،( 60 − 70 wt‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ‪ ( 50%‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪:(Nielsen-Bucklin‬‬
‫) ‪d = −129.6 ln(x H 2o‬‬ ‫)‪(5.6‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : x H o‬ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪X I ⋅ m H 2O‬‬
‫= ‪mI‬‬ ‫)‪(5.7‬‬
‫‪XL − XI‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : m I‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ) ‪.( lb / day‬‬
‫‪ : m H o‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ) ‪.( lb / day‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ : X L‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﶈﻘﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ) ‪.(100%‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[117] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ‬

‫ﳌﻨﻊ ﲡﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ )ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‪ -‬ﻣﺎﺀ( ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺨﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﲞﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﺎ ﹴﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﳓﻼﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳓﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺘﻴﻨﻴﺔ )‪ (Naphthenic hydrocarbons‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻓﻴﻨﺎﺕ )‪ (Paraffin‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳓﻼﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Aromatic hydrocarbons‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ )‪ (6-4‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻓﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳓﻼﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (EG‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Gas Dehydration) ŒbÌÛa@ÑîФ -5.3.2‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ )‪ (Liquid desiccants‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ )‪ ،(Solid desiccants‬ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Required‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﳎﻔﻔﺔ ﲟﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﳑﺘﺎﺯﺓ )‬
‫‪.(dehydration specification‬‬
‫‪Simple to operate and‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ )‬
‫‪ (maintain‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﲤﺘﺔ )‪ (Automated‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[118] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳓﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Glycol Dehydration) ÞìØîÜÌÛa@âa‡ƒnbi@ÑîÐvnÛa -5.3.2.1‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ )‪ (Glycol‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫)‪ (Dew point depressions‬ﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ) ‪،( 60 − 120 oF‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺠﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪(Diethylene Glycol) ،(DEG ) ÞìØîÜÌÛa@µÜîníg@ïöbäq (1‬‬
‫‪ (Triethylene Glycol) ،(TEG) ÞìØîÜÌÛa@µÜîníg ïqýq (2‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﳏﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.(Tetraethylene Glycol) ،(TREG) ÞìØîÜÌÛa@µÜîníg@ïÇbiŠ (3‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ )‪ (Inlet gas scrubber‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﳊﺔ( ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Integral separators‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[119] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ -‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:(TEG) ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ )‪ (Regenerated glycol‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‬
‫)‪ (Top tray‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ )‪ ،(Contactor‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ) ‪Reflux‬‬
‫‪ (condenser‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ )‪ (Flash tank‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ )‪ (Regenerator‬ﻣﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪Heat exchanger‬‬
‫‪ ،(lean-rich‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﱪﻳﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.18‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺠﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺤﺎﻟﻴل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻭل‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[120] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ -‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:(TEG) ‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ‬
‫ﶈﻠﻮﻝ )‪ (TEG‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ )‪ (Circulation rate‬ﶈﻠﻮﻝ )‪ (TEG‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )‪.(Equilibrium stages‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ )‪(TEG‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﶈﻠﻮﻝ )‪ (TEG‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.19‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻊ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ )‪ (TEG‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟـ )‪.(TEG‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.19‬ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺩﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺒﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻑ ﻭﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺯ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟـ )‪.(TEG‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.19‬ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ )‪ (TEG‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ ﻟـ )‪ (TEG‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻟﱪﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.19‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ) ‪(1500 psia‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[121] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻟـ )‪ (TEG‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫)‪ (TEG‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﱐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺸﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ )ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ(‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ )‪ (TEG‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪ ،( 2 − 5 gal / lb H 2 O absorbed‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ) ‪Absorption calculation‬‬
‫‪ (techniques‬ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ )‪ (TEG‬ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪،(5.21) ،(5.20‬‬
‫)‪ (5.23) ،(5.22‬ﻭ)‪.(5.24‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﺼﻮﺍﱐ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( 25 − 30%‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺸﻮﺓ )‪ (Height of packing‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ )‪ ،(TEG‬ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪ (Gas Rate‬ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪ (Gas density‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺸﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫) "‪ ( 60‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.20‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺩل ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ )‪ (TEG‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺠل ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ) ‪.( N = 1‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[122] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ‬TEG) ‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺩل ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬،(5.21) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
.( N = 1.5 ) ‫ﺃﺠل‬

‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ‬TEG) ‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺩل ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬،(5.22) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
.( N = 2 ) ‫ﺃﺠل‬

[123] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ‬TEG) ‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺩل ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬،(5.23) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
.( N = 2.5 ) ‫ﺃﺠل‬

(TEG) ‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬،(5.24) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
.( N = 3 ) ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬

[124] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﳚﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ) ‪ ( 60 oF‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﲣﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻟـ )‪ (TEG‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ) ‪Mass transfer‬‬
‫‪ (efficiency‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺑﲔ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ) "‪ ( 24‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﱪﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﱐ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺸﻮﺓ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ) ‪ ( 6 − 10 ft‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺻﻮﺍﱐ ﻓﻨﺎﺟﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻗﻴﻊ )‪ (Bubble cap trays‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﱐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺸﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Structured packing‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ) ‪ ( K‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(5.3‬‬

‫)‪K ( ft / sec‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﱐ ﺃﻛﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻗﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ "‪20‬‬ ‫‪0.14‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ "‪24‬‬ ‫‪0.16‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ "‪30‬‬ ‫‪0.17‬‬
‫ﺣﺸﻮﺓ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪0.3 − 0.4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(5.3‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ) ‪.( K‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[125] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:(TEG) ‫א‬‫א‬‫ א‬-

‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬1 galon TEG) ‫( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﻠﻮ ﰲ‬1 scf ) ‫ﻳﻨﺤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫( ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬100 oF ) ‫( ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬1000 psia )
‫( ﺍﳓﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬5.25) ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ ﰲ ﺣﲔ‬،( 96.5 wt % TEG ) ‫( ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬TEG) ‫ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﰲ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ‬
.‫( ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‬TEG) ‫( ﺍﳓﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﰲ‬5.26) ‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

.(TEG) ‫ ( ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﻠﻭل‬CO 2 ) ‫ ﺍﻨﺤﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ‬،(5.25) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

.‫( ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‬TEG) ‫ ( ﻓﻲ‬H 2 S ) ‫ ﺍﻨﺤﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ‬،(5.26) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[126] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻓﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﳝﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ ﰲ )‪ (TEG‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳓﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺤﻞ ﰲ )‪ (TEG‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳓﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ )‪(TEG‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻠﺔ ﰲ )‪ (TEG‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺃﺻﻐﺮﻱ )‪Minimum‬‬
‫‪ (retention time‬ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻠﺔ ﻳﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( 3 − 5 min.‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( 20 − 30 min .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻴﺔ ) ‪.( 75 psia‬‬
‫‪:(Solid Desiccant Dehydration) òjÜ—Ûa@pbÐÐa@âa‡ƒnbi@ÑîÐvnÛa -5.3.2.2‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫)ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ( ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺘﺖ ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[127] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫• ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺃﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﲟﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ ((5.4‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪:(Silica gel) ÝubØîÜîÛa (1‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺋﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( iC 5+‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ )‪ .(HRUs‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻧﺪﻯ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪.( − 70 ÷ −80 o F‬‬
‫‪:( Al 2 O3 )@oî×ìjÛa (2‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺟﻞ ﰲ ﲣﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺇﱃ ) ‪،( − 100 oF‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﺳﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Molecular sieves) òî÷í§a@Ý‚bä¾a (3‬‬
‫ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﺪﻯ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﳍﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )‪ (NGL recovery plants‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ) ‪ ،( − 150 o F‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( − 150 o F‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ )‪ (Special designs‬ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺳﻴﺔ ) ‪Strict operating‬‬
‫‪.(parameters‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[128] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‬

‫)‪ (Dehydration systems‬ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺟﲔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(Associated regeneration equipment‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.27‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﲑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.27‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ )‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻮﻱ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳚﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( 8 − 24 hours‬ﳛﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ )‪ (2‬ﻭﲡﺮﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺨﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ ( 600 oF‬ﻭﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﱪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﲟﱪﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ ) ‪.( 7 − 8 hours‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[129] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ‬ 3 ‫ﺍﳌﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻔﻒ‬‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍ‬
(ppmw)‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‬ ( KJ / Kg ⋅ K ) ( lb / ft )

‫ﻛﺮﻭﻱ‬ Alumina Gel

5-10 0,84 1/4" 52
Alcoa H-151
Activated
1/4"-8 ‫ﺣﺒﻴﱯ‬
0.1 - 52 Alumina
mesh
Alcoa F-1
‫ﻛﺮﻭﻱ‬ Silica Gel
5-10 1,05 4-8 mesh 49
Sorbead-R
‫ﻛﺮﻭﻱ‬ Silica Gel
5-10 1,05 3-8 mesh 45
Sorbead-H
4-8 mesh
‫ﻛﺮﻭﻱ‬ Mole Sieve
0.1 1,00 or 42-45
Davison-4A
8-12 mesh
1/8" or ‫ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ‬ Mole Sieve
0.1 1,00 40-44
1/16" Linde-4A

.‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬،(5.4) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

[130] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪C2+‬‬
‫‪ W-‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻛﺘﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‪ (..‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺪﺓ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﲑ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (Pyrolysis processes‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﲢﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( C 3+‬ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪C 3+‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﶈﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪ :ñÔÐÛa@òîÈîjİÛa@paŒbÌÛa (1‬ﻭﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪.( 75 g C3+ / m N3‬‬
‫‪ :òİìn¾a@òîÈîjİÛa@paŒbÌÛa (2‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ) ‪ ( C 3+‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ) ‪.( 75 ÷ 150 g / m N3‬‬
‫‪ :òîäÌÛa@òîÈîjİÛa@paŒbÌÛa (3‬ﻭﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪.(150 g C3+ / m N3‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ )‪ (Wobbe index‬ﺍﳌﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪GHV‬‬
‫= ‪W‬‬
‫∆‬

‫א‪‬א‪[131] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : W‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪.Wobbe‬‬
‫‪ : GHV‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‪.( KJ / m N3 ) ،‬‬
‫∆ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﰎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪-6.1‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ W‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ )‪ (NGL‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺟﺪﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪:(Gas Composition) ŒbÌÛa@kî׋m‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴﻴﻊ )‪ (Liquefiable hydrocarbons‬ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺗﱪﻳﺪ ﺃﻛﱪ )‪ (Refrigeration duties‬ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (Heat exchange surfaces‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ )ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ( ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ )‪ (GPM‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻏﺎﻟﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ) ‪ (1000 f 3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[132] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫• ‪:(Specification of the Residue Sales Gas) ÉîjÜÛ@‡È¾a@ïÔjn¾a@ŒbÌÛa@pbЖaìß‬‬

‫ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ )‪(NGL‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ) ‪Minimum higher heating‬‬
‫‪ (value‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ )‪ (Shrinkage‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ )‪ ،(GHV‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ )‪ ،(NGL‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻟـ )‪ (GHV‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻊ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪ (1003 − 1055 BTU / scf‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (GHV‬ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ )‪ (Markets‬ﻭﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ) ‪Cost of‬‬
‫‪ (recovery‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪.(Gas value‬‬

‫‪ -6.2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ W‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﲑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ )‪ (Simple dew point control‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﻟﻺﻳﺘﺎﻥ )‪ ،(Deep ethane extraction‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (Process selection‬ﻭﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫)‪ (Complexity‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ) ‪Cost of the processing‬‬
‫‪.(facility‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[133] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺧﻠﻴﻂ )‪ (Product mixed‬ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ )‪y-‬‬
‫‪ (grade‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﲑ ) ‪Fractionation‬‬
‫‪ (units‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻥ‪-‬ﺑﺮﻭﺑﺎﻥ )‪ ،(EP‬ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺗﺎﻥ‪ -‬ﻏﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ )‪(BG‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺗﱪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪ (Stabilization‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ 90%‬ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺩ( ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ) ‪ 50%‬ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺗ‪‬ﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺗﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻗﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6.3‬א‪‬א‪:(Dew Point Control)‬‬
‫‪Retrograde‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻌﻲ )‬
‫‪ (condensation‬ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳋﺰﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻤﻦ‬
‫)‪ (Reservoir conditions‬ﻭﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ )‪.(Processing conditions‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[134] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ‬

‫ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ )‪.(Two-phase flow‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫)ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ) ‪Single-phase‬‬
‫‪ (flow‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪:(Low Temperature Separation) ò›Ðƒä¾a@ñŠa‹¨a@pbuŠ†@À@Ý—ÐÛa -6.3.1‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ )‪ (LTSUs‬ﰲ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻔﻼﺕ ) ‪Expansion‬‬
‫‪ (refrigeration system‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺟﻮﻝ‪-‬ﺗﻮﻣﺴﻮﻥ )‪Joule-‬‬
‫‪ ،(Thomson effect‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻻﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.1‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ )‪ ،(LTS system‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻻ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺨﻦ )‪ ،(Heater‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪Heat‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬
‫‪ (exchanger coil‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ )‪ (Bottom of the separator‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[135] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪Condensed‬‬ ‫ﺗﱪﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ )‬

‫‪ ،(liquid and hydrates‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺔ )ﻣﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ( ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ )‪ ،(HPKO‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻊ(‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﳚﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )ﻏﺎﺯ‪-‬ﻏﺎﺯ(‪ ،‬ﳝﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪] (Pressure reducing valve‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺟﻮﻝ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻣﺴﻮﻥ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ )‪ (Low temperature separator‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )‪ ،(Level control‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.1‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ )‪.(LTS‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[136] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ )‪ (LTS‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻑ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ )‪ (Glycol injection‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (6.2‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ )‪ (LTS‬ﳎﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﻳﻠﻐﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺨﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ )‪.(LTS‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.2‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ )‪ (LTS‬ﻤﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺤﻘﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻭل‪.‬‬

‫‪:(Mechanical Refrigeration) ïØîãbØî¾a@‡ínÛa@òÔí‹  -6.3.2‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[137] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ )‪ ،(LTS‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.3‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﲢﻜﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺨﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )ﻏﺎﺯ‪-‬ﻏﺎﺯ(‪،‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﱪﻳﺪﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻣﱪﺩ )‪ (Refrigeration chiller‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ )‪ (Cold separator‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﲡﻨﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﱪﻳﺪ )‪(Refrigeration unit‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6.3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺩﻯ‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪:(Stabilization) òîãìi‹×늇îa@pbj׋¾a@Ýöaì@oîjrm@òîÜàÇ -6.3.3‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻔﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﻳﺴﺘﻬﺎﻥ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫א‪‬א‪[138] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﲢﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻘﺪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺨﺺ ﺃﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﱪﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪ (Stabilization column‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ )‪ (Feed column‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ )ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ( ﻭﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﲜﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺫﻱ ﺿﻐﻂ ﲞﺎﺭﻱ ﳏﺪﺩ ) ‪Specified vapor‬‬
‫‪ ،(pressure product‬ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(6.2‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻀﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺧﻠﻄﻪ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(6.3‬ﻭﳚﻬﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﱐ )‪ (Trays‬ﺃﻭ ﲝﺸﻮﺓ )‪ (Packing‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ )‪ (Necessary mass transfer‬ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻳﱪﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ )‪.(Storage‬‬

‫‪ -6.4‬א‪:(Separation by Adsorption) ‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (Selective adsorption‬ﰲ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ( ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[139] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :(Activated charcoal) ÞbÈÐÛa@ázÐÛa -1‬ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺄﻟﻔﺔ )‪ (Affinity‬ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﺭ )‪ (Hot gas‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﲔ ) ‪.( 300 − 350 oC‬‬
‫‪ :(Silica gel) ÝubØîÜîÛa -2‬ﻟﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻒ ) ‪Lighter hydrocarbons adsorption‬‬
‫‪ (front‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻌﻘﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﺭ ) ‪.( 200 − 300 oC‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺗﱪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺄﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ )‪،(Short cycle time‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[140] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫א‬‫א‬

‫א‬‫א‬
 WJ

‫( ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬Gas-pipline transport system) ‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

‫ﺪﻑ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫( ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ‬Pipelines) ‫ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
:(Transportation route) ‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬:(Gathering System) ÉîàvnÛa@ âbÄã :‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ‬
.‫( ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬Processing plants)
‫ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬:(Transmission Pipelines) òîîö‹Ûa@ ÝÔäÛa@ kîibãc :‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ‬
:‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫( ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ‬Storage fields) ‫• ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﲡﻤﻴﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬
.(Distribution centers) ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
.(Storage fields) ‫• ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬:(Distribution System) ÉíŒìnÛa@ âbÄã :‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﱃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻪ )ﳏﻄﺎﺕ‬
.(‫ﺍﱁ‬....‫ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ‬،‫ ﻓﻨﺎﺩﻕ‬، ‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ‬،‫ ﻣﺼﺎﻧﻊ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

[141] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

) ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

Natural
‫( ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﻋﱪ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬gas transportation
.‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

.‫ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬،(7.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫א‬      ‫א‬ ‫א‬‫ א‬-7.1

W‫א‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺎﹰ‬
:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
:(Compressor Stations) ÁËaì›Ûa@pbİ« .1
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻛﻲ ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬،‫ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬

[142] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪Compression of natural‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‬

‫‪ (gas‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﲢﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪.(Hydraulic calculations‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Metering Stations) ‘bîÔÛa@pbİ« .2‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﱐ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﲟﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ) ‪Meter and‬‬
‫‪ (regulator stations‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ )‪،(M&R‬‬
‫‪:(Mainline Valves) òîîö‹Ûa@pbßbà—Ûa .3‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭ‪‬ﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ )‪ ،(Gateways‬ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻂ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻄﻮﺍﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪ ( 8 − 20 Km‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ‬
‫ﻭﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )ﺳﻜﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[143] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،(......‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

‫)‪ (Section of pipeline‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﲔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Cathodic Protection Systems) òîİjè¾a@òíbà¨a@òàÄãc .4‬‬
‫ﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﻠﺔ )ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﲜﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺒﻄﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻓﻴﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺼﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ )ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ( ﻳﻐﻤﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫) ‪ (100 − 200 m‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻟﺖ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﶈﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪.( 8 − 10 Km‬‬
‫‪:(SCADA) òàÄãcë@òjÓa‹¾a@pbİ« .5‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﰲ‬
‫ﻭﲨﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ )‪ (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪.(SCADA‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ ﰲ ﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫)‪ (Operating status‬ﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ )ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺃﻭ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ñ‡Çb¾a@ pf“ä¾a .6‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺩﻋﺎﺕ‪.....،‬ﺍﱁ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[144] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬،‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬ -7.2
‫א‬‫א‬

Zkîibãþa@Á‚@À@ŒbÌÛa@æb틧@ïšbí‹Ûa@xˆìàäÛa -7.2.1

،‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﻟﺰﺟﺔ( ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬

‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬،‫ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺑﺎﹰ‬‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﰎ‬،‫ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ( ﻗﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬،‫)ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ‬،‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻑ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮ‬.(‫)ﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
:[0-L] ‫ﺎﻝ‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‬

v = v( x, t ), p = p (x, t ), ρ = ρ ( x, t ), T = T ( x, t ).

‫( ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬Motion Equation) ŒbÌÛa@ ò׋y@ òÛ†bÈß ‫• ﺗﻌﻄﻰ‬

:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
∂
(ρ v ) + ∂ (1 + β )ρ v 2 = − ρ g dz − ∂p − λ ρ v 2
[ ] (7.1)
∂t ∂x dx ∂x 2d

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
،‫ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‬: z
.( m )
.‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬: λ
.( m ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬: d

[145] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬: β

‫ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ‬،( 0.02 − 0.03 ) ‫ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬،‫ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
.‫ﺇﳘﺎﻟﻪ‬
:(Continuity Equation) òíŠa‹ànüa@òÛ†bÈß •
∂ρ ∂ (ρ v )
+ =0 (7.2)
∂t ∂x

:(Equation of State) òÛb¨a@òÛ†bÈß •

p
= Z RT . (7.3)
ρ

،‫ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬Z ‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬Z ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
p2
1
Zm = ∫ Z ( p )dp , (7.4)
p1 − p 2 p1

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( pa ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬: p1
.( pa ) ،‫ﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ‬: p 2
:(Energy Balance Equation) òÓbİÛa@æŒaìm@òÛ†bÈß •
1 ∂T ∂T 1 ⎛ ∂ (1 ρ ) ⎞ ∂ p
+ + ⎜⎜1 − ρ T ⎟ +
v ∂ t ∂ x ρ vc p ⎝ ∂ T ⎟⎠ ∂ t
(7.5)
1 ⎛ ∂ (1 ρ ) ⎞ ∂ p 4K (Ta − T )
+ ⎜⎜1 − ρ T ⎟ = ,
ρ cp ⎝ ∂ T ⎟⎠ ∂ x ρ vc p D

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
[146] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ : K‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪.( W / m 2 ⋅ K ) ،‬‬

‫‪ : c p‬ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.( J / Kg ⋅ K ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : Ta‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.( K ) ،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ )‪ (7.3) ،(7.2) ،(7.1‬ﻭ)‪ (7.5‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ZïÈîjİÛa@ŒbÌÛa@ÝÔã@kîibãc@Âìİ©@ðŠa‹¨a@âbÄäÛa -7.2.2‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻛﺪﺕ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺟﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 30-20‬ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ(‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪T ( x, t ) ≅ Tm‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﳘﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻳﺔ ‪dx‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻭﺁﺧﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﻝ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪− ρ Qc p (dT + j dx ) = π K d (T − Ta )dx ,‬‬ ‫)‪(7.6‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪: Q‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.( m N3 / sec ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : j‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻝ‪.( K / m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : Ta‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[147] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﳘﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪π Kd‬‬
‫=‪a‬‬ ‫)‪(7.7‬‬
‫‪ρ Qc p‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (7.6‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪dT‬‬
‫‪j‬‬
‫‪= − a dx ,‬‬ ‫)‪(7.8‬‬
‫‪T − Ta +‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 − e −a x‬‬
‫‪T (x ) = Ta + (T1 − Ta )e −a x − j‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(7.9‬‬
‫‪a‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.9‬ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ) ‪ ( T = Ta‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 ⎡a‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫= ‪x0‬‬ ‫‪ln ⎢ (T1 − Ta ) + 1⎥ ,‬‬ ‫)‪(7.10‬‬
‫‪a ⎣j‬‬ ‫⎦‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﲢﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﻝ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.10‬ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ x0‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪ a‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ ﻭﺑﻘﻄﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ )ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ( ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[148] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

l
1
(7.11)
l ∫0
Tm = T ( x) dx

.( m ) ،‫ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬: l ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﹼﻥ‬

:‫( ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳒﺪ‬7.11) ‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬7.9) ‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
j ⎛ j ⎞ 1 − e −al
Tm = Ta − + ⎜ T1 − Ta + ⎟ (7.12)
a ⎝ a ⎠ al

:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.9) ‫ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬،‫ ﺗﻮﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‬-‫ﺑﺈﳘﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﻝ‬
T ( x ) = Ta + (T1 − Ta )e −a x , (7.13)
:‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬
1 − e −al
Tm = Ta + (T1 − Ta ) (7.14)
al

Zkîibãþa@Á‚@À@paŒbÌÛa@ò׋¨@ïß‹mëí⁄a@Ýí†ì¾a -7.2.3
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬ ∂
∂x
[
(1 + β )ρ v 2 ] ‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ‬
dz
‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ ρg ‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺪ‬،(7.1) ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
dx
:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.1) ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
∂v ∂ρ ∂ p λ
ρ +v + + ρv2 = 0 . (7.15)
∂t ∂t ∂ x 2D

:‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳒﺪ‬

∂ρ ∂ (ρ v ) ⎛ ∂ρ ∂v ⎞
=− = −⎜⎜ v +ρ ⎟ (7.16)
∂t ∂x ⎝ ∂x ∂ x ⎟⎠

:‫( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬7.15) ‫( ﰲ‬7.16) ‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬

[149] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

∂v ⎛ ∂v ∂ρ ⎞ ∂ p λ
ρ − v⎜⎜ ρ + v ⎟⎟ + + ρv2 = 0 . (7.17)
∂t ⎝ ∂x ∂ x ⎠ ∂ x 2D

‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬

∂ρ dρ ∂p 1 ∂p
= = , (7.18)
∂x dp ∂x c 2 ∂x

dp
.‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ c= :‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
dρ
:‫( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.17) ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
∂v ∂ ⎛ v2 ⎞ ⎛ v2 ⎞ ∂ p λ
ρ −ρ ⎜ ⎟⎟ + ⎜⎜1 − 2 ⎟⎟ + ρv2 = 0 . (7.19)
∂t ∂ x ⎜⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ c ⎠ ∂ x 2D

∂ ⎛ v2 ⎞
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺗﻐﲑ‬ ρ ⎜ ⎟ ‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺪ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﰎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‬
∂ x ⎜⎝ 2 ⎟⎠
v2
‫)ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ( ﻷﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ ‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺪ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬
c2
:‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬،‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
∂v ∂ p λ
ρ + =− ρv2 . (7.20)
∂t ∂ x 2D
∂v
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ‬ ρ ‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺪ‬
∂t
‫ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﺗﺘﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ‬،‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ‬
:‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬،‫ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪ‬
∂p λ
=− ρ v2 . (7.21)
∂x 2D

:‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ‬

π D2
Qm = ρ v (7.22)
4

:‫( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬7.21) ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬

[150] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

∂p 8λ Z m RTm 2
p =− Qm , (7.23)
∂x π 2 D5
‫ﺃﻭ‬
∂p 2
= −aQm2 , (7.24)
∂x
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
16λ Z m RTm
a= . (7.25)
π 2 D5
:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
∂ (ρ v ) ∂ρ dρ ∂p 1 ∂p
=− =− =− 2 (7.26)
∂x ∂t dp ∂x c ∂t

:‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬

dp
c2 = = Z m RTm (7.27)
dρ

:‫( ﳒﺪ‬7.22) ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

∂Qm π D 2 ∂p
=− . (7.28)
∂x 4Z m RTm ∂t
‫ﺃﻭ‬
∂Qm ∂p
= −b . (7.29)
∂x ∂t
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
π D2
b= , (7.30)
4Z m RTm
‫ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
،‫( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬7.29) ،(7.24) ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ‬
،‫ﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻠﻪ‬‫ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺼﻌ‬،‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻏﲑ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ‬
[151] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

W‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫ א‬-7.3
ZH T ≠ const I@ònibq@Ë@ŒbÌÛa@ñŠa‹y@òuŠ†@æc@aÏbi -7.3.1
‫ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﻄﺮ‬،‫ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬،‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻛﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ‬،‫ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺁﺧﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
.‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
:‫• ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
λ
( )
d ρ v 2 + dp + ρ g dz +
2d
ρ v 2 dx = 0 , (7.31)

:‫• ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬

ρv = const. (7.32)
:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.31) ‫( ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬7.32) ‫ﻭ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
dp λ v2
vdv + + gdz + dx = 0 (7.33)
ρ d 2

‫ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺑﺈﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
dv dp λ
2 + 2 2 + dx = 0 , (7.34)
v ρv d

:‫( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‬7.32) ‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

ρ1
ρ v = ρ1 v1 ⇒ v = v1 (7.35)
ρ

.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬ ρ1 ‫ ﻭ‬v 1 ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬

[152] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬

p
= ZRT (7.36)
ρ
:‫( ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬7.35) ‫( ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬7.36) ‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
ρ1 v1 ZRT
v= = ρ1 v1 (7.37)
ρ p

:‫ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬

ZRT ⎛ dZ dT dp ⎞
dv = ρ1 v1 ⎜ + − ⎟⎟ (7.38)
p ⎜⎝ Z T p⎠
‫ﺃﻭ‬
dv dZ dT dp
= + − (7.39)
v Z T p

:‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

1 1 p
= 2 2 (7.40)
ρv 2
ρ1 v1 ZRT

:‫ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
⎛ d Z dT dp ⎞ 2 pdp λ
2⎜⎜ + − ⎟⎟ + 2 2 + dx = 0 . (7.41)
⎝ Z T p ⎠ ρ1 v1 Z RT d

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‬ ρ1 ‫ ﻭ‬v 1 ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺬﻑ‬
:‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
πd 2
Q1 = v1 (7.42)
4

:‫ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

πd 2
QN = v N (7.43)
4

[153] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:‫( ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬7.43) ‫( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬7.42) ‫ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

v1
Q1 = QN (7.44)
vN

:‫ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﱵ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬

Z 1T1 p N
Q1 = QN (7.45)
Z N TN p1
:‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ‬
16 p N2 QN2
ρ v = 2 4 2 2 2
2 2
(7.46)
π d Z N R TN
1 1

:‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
⎛ d Z dT dp ⎞ π 2 d 5 Z N2 RTN2 pdp
2d ⎜⎜ + − ⎟⎟T + +λT dx = 0 . (7.47)
⎝ Z T p⎠ 8 p N2 QN2 Z

: Ra ‫ﺑﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬ R g ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬

ρa R
R= Ra = a , (7.48)
ρg ∆

:‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬

⎛ dZ dT dp ⎞ π 2 d 5 Z N2 Ra TN2 pdp
2d ⎜⎜ + − ⎟⎟T + +λ T dx = 0 . (7.49)
⎝ Z T p⎠ 8 p N2 QN2 ∆ Z

ZH T = const I@ònibq@ŒbÌÛa@ñŠa‹y@òuŠ†@æc@aÏbi -7.3.2

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﺗﺮﻣﻲ‬
(7.49) ‫ ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬،‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
:‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
π 2 d 5 Z N2 Ra TN2 pdp 2d ⎛ dp dZ ⎞
dx = − + ⎜ − ⎟ = 0, (7.50)
8 p N2 Tm λ Q N2 ∆ Z λ ⎜⎝ p Z ⎟⎠

[154] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬

:‫ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
π 2 d 5 Z N2 Ra TN2
p1
pdp 2d Z1 p
x= ∫ + ln , (7.51)
8 p N2 Tm λ QN2 ∆ p
Z λ Z p1

:‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬

π 2 d 5 Z N2 Ra TN2
p1
pdp 2d Z1 p 2
l= ∫ + ln , (7.52)
8 p N2 Tm λ QN2 ∆ p2
Z λ Z 2 p1

:‫( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬7.52) ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬

1
⎡ ⎤2
⎢ p1 ⎥
π d 2 Z N TN ⎢ Ra d p dp ⎥
(7.53)
⎛ 2d Z 2 p1 ⎞ p∫2 Z ⎥
QN = .
pN ⎢
⎢ 8Tm λ ∆⎜⎜ l + ln ⎟ ⎥
⎣⎢ ⎝ λ Z1 p 2 ⎟⎠ ⎦⎥
2d Z 2 p1
‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ‬،‫ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻟﻪ‬ ln ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺪ‬
λ Z1 p 2
:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
1

π d Z N T N ⎡ Ra d pdp ⎤ 2
2 p1

QN = ⎢ ∫ ⎥ , (7.54)
pN ⎣⎢ 8Tm λ ∆l p2
Z ⎦⎥
p1
π 2 d 5 Z N2 Ra TN2 pdp
x= ∫ , (7.55)
8 p N2 Tm λ Q N2 ∆ p
Z
p1
π 2 d 5 Z N2 Ra TN2 pdp
l= ∫ . (7.56)
8 p N2 Tm λ Q N2 ∆ p2
Z

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬،‫ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬

[155] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬Z = f ( p r , Tr ) ‫ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬

:‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
pr 1
π 2 d 5 Z N2 RaTN2 pc2 p r dp r
x= ∫ , (7.57)
8 p N2 Tm λ QN2 ∆ pr
Z
pr 1
π 2 d 5 Z N2 Ra TN2 pc2 p r dp r
l= ∫ (7.58)
8 p N2 Tm λ QN2 ∆ pr 2
Z
1

π d 2 Z N TN p c ⎡ Ra d p r dp r ⎤ 2
pr 1

QN = ⎢ ∫ ⎥ (7.59)
pN ⎢⎣ 8Tm λ ∆l pr 2
Z ⎥⎦

‫( ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ‬7.59)‫( ﻭ‬7.58) ،(7.57) ‫ﺇﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬

‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ ( ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ‬p pr ) ‫ ( ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ‬pc ) ‫ ( ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬p pc ) ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ‬
.( p r ) ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ Zm ‫ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬Z ‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
:‫( ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.59) ‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬، [ p1 , p 2 ]
π TN Ra p12 − p 22 5
QN = d (7.60)
4 pN Z m Tm λ ∆l

‫ﺃﻭ‬
p12 − p 22 5
QN = K d (7.61)
Z m Tm λ ∆l

:‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
1 Z m Tm λ ∆l 2
p12 − p22 = QN . (7.62)
K2 d5

‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬

[156] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

π T N Ra
K= , (7.63)
4 pN

:‫ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬: K ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬

.( TN = 273,15 K ‫ﻭ‬ p N = 1,0133 × 10 5 pa ) K = 0,035867 m 2 s K 0.5 / Kg

.( TN = 288,15 K ‫ﻭ‬ p N = 1,0133 × 10 5 pa ) K = 0,037836 m 2 s K 0.5 / Kg

.( TN = 293,15 K ‫ ﻭ‬p N = 1,0133 × 10 5 pa ) K = 0,03849 m 2 s K 0.5 / Kg

‫ ﺍﱃ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ‬Z ‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
(7.55) ،(7.54) ‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬،‫ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬7.59)‫( ﻭ‬7.58) ،(7.57) ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ‬،(7.56)‫ﻭ‬
.‫ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
(British Units) ‫( ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬Steady-state flow) ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
:(General energy equation) ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
0,5
⎛T ⎞ 1 ⎡ pin2 − p out
2 ⎤
Qs = 38,77 ⋅ ⎜⎜ s ⎟⎟ ⋅ E ⋅ ⋅⎢ ⎥ ⋅ d 2,5 (7.64)
⎝ ps ⎠ f f ⎣⎢ S ⋅ Lm ⋅ Tavg ⋅ Z avg ⎦⎥

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
،‫( ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬Flow ‫ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: Qs rate of gas)
.( scf / day )
‫( ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ‬Pipeline efficiency factor) ‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬: E
‫ ( ﻭﻛﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ‬E = 100% ) ‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ‬
.( E = 92% ) ‫ﲝﺪﻭﺩ‬
.(Fanning friction factor) ‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻨﺞ‬: f f

[157] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.(Transmission factor) ‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬: 1 / f f

.( psia ) ،(Inlet pressure) ‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬: pin
.( psia ) ،(outlet pressure) ‫ﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ‬: pout
.‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬: S
.( miles ) ،‫ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬: Lm
[Tavg = 1 2 ⋅ (Tin + Tout )] ،( o R ) ،‫ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬: Tavg
.(Average compressibility factor) ‫ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬: Z avg
.( in ) ،(Internal diameter of pipe) ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬: d
.( o R ) ،‫ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬: Ts
.( psia ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬: p s
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
:‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬

:(American Gas Association Equation ) AGA òÛ†bÈß .1

0,5
⎛T ⎞ ⎡ 3,7 ⋅ D ⎞⎤ ⎡ pin2 − p out
2 ⎤
Qs = 38,77⎜⎜ s ⎟⎟ ⋅ E ⋅ ⎢4 log ⎛⎜ ⋅
⎟⎥ ⎢ ⎥ d 2,5 (7.65)
⎝ ps ⎠ ⎣ ⎝ ε ⎠⎦ ⎢⎣ S ⋅ Lm ⋅ Tavg ⋅ Z avg ⎥⎦

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( ft ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬: D
.( ft ) ،(Absolute roughness) ‫ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‬: ε

:The Weymouth Equation .2

0,5
⎛T ⎞ ⎡ pin2 − p out
2 ⎤
Qs = 433,5 ⋅ ⎜⎜ s ⎟⎟ ⋅ E ⋅ ⎢ ⎥ d 2,667 (7.66)
⎝ ps ⎠ ⎣⎢ S ⋅ Lm ⋅ Tavg ⋅ Z avg ⎦⎥

[158] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:Panhandle A Equation .3
1, 0788 0 , 5392
⎛T ⎞ ⎡ p 2 − p out
2 ⎤
Qs = 435,87 ⋅ ⎜⎜ s ⎟⎟ ⋅ E ⋅ ⎢ 0,853 in ⎥ d 2,6182 (7.67)
⎝ ps ⎠ ⎢⎣ S ⋅ Lm ⋅ Tavg ⋅ Z avg ⎥⎦

:Panhandle B Equation .4
1, 02 0 , 51
⎛T ⎞ ⎡ p 2 − p out
2 ⎤
Qs = 737 ⋅ ⎜⎜ s ⎟⎟ ⋅ E ⋅ ⎢ 0,961 in ⎥ d 2,53 (7.68)
⎝ ps ⎠ ⎢⎣ S ⋅ Lm ⋅ Tavg ⋅ Z avg ⎥⎦

ZH λ I@òîØîÛ늇îa@òßëbÔ¾a@ÝßbÈß -7.3.3
:‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
:‫( ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬Reynolds) ‫ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‬:æb틧a@âbÄã .I
ρvd
Re =
µ

‫ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﱪ ﺧﻂ‬
:‫ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬،‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳚﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،( Re ≤ 2320 ) ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬  (1
‫ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬،‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻤﺤﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ( ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
.( v med = 0,5 ⋅ v max )
‫ ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ‬Re ≥ 2320 ) ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬  (2
‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬،( v med = [0,7...0,9] ⋅ v max ) ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
( h ) ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ )ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻲ( ﲰﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ‬

[159] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .a‬ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ h > emax‬ﻭ )‪. λ = f (Re‬‬
‫‪ .b‬ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ )ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪+‬ﺧﺸﻨﺔ(‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪emin < h < emax‬‬
‫ﻭ ) ‪. λ = f (Re, k‬‬
‫‪ .c‬ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﺸﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ h < emin‬ﻭ ) ‪. λ = f (k‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : emax‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺘﻮﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : emin‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻧﺘﻮﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺄﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﳐﺘﻠﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺸﻨﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ )ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ‪...‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :kîibãþa@ æaŠ‡§@ òîØîÛ늇îa@ òÈîjİÛa .II‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ )‪ (Nicuradze‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .a‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ) ‪.( Re‬‬
‫‪1,143‬‬
‫‪⎛ r‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫‪. Re cr1‬‬ ‫⎜⎜‪= 59,5‬‬ ‫⎟⎟‬ ‫‪ .b‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫‪⎝ ks‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫= ‪. Re cr 2‬‬ ‫‪⎜⎜ 665,4 + 764,8 lg‬‬ ‫⎟⎟‬ ‫‪ .c‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ks‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪ks‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : Re < Re cr1‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Re cr1 < Re < Re cr 2‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Re cr 2 < Re‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﺸﻨﺔ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[160] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( r = d ) ‫ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬: r
2
:‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬.‫ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬: k s
k s (m) ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

1,5 ∗ 10 −3 (‫ ﳓﺎﺱ‬،‫ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ )ﺯﺟﺎﺝ‬

1,1 ∗ 10 −3 ‫ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ‬20‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‬

1....10 ∗ 10 −3 (‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ )ﻓﻮﻻﺫ‬

1....1,5 ∗ 10 −3 ‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻓﻮﻧﺖ ﺻﺪﺋﺔ‬

.‫ ﺨﺸﻭﻨﺔ ﻨﻴﻜﻭﺭﺍﺩﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ‬،(7.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

:òîØîÛ늇îa@òßëbÔ¾a@ÝßbÈß@òàîÓ@µîÈm@òîÐî× -
:‫(( ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬7.2) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Zïİ©a@æb틧a ‫ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ‬.I

‫ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬λ = f (Re) ‫ ﻭ‬Re ≤ 2320 ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
:‫( ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Hagen-Poiseuille) ‫ ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ‬-‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﺎﻏﲔ‬
64
λ=
Re

. 2320 < Re < 4000 ‫‹ ﺣﻴﺚ‬Ôn¾a@Ë@æb틧a ‫ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ‬.II

Zl‹İ›¾a@æb틧a ‫ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ‬.III

λ = f (Re) ‫ ﻭ‬4000 < Re < Re cr1 ‫ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬:áÇbäÛa@ ÚbØnyüa@ òÔİäß .1

:‫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬λ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
:(Blasius) ‫ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻼﺯﻳﻮﺱ‬.a

[161] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

0,3164
λ=
Re

:(Prandtl-Karman) ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ‬-‫ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺗﻞ‬.b

1 Re λ
= 2 lg
λ 2,51

:(Nicuradze) ‫ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ‬.c

0,221
λ = 0,0032 +
Re 0, 237
r
λ = f (Re, ) ‫ ﻭ‬Re cr1 < Re < Re cr 2 ‫ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ZÁÜnƒ¾a@ÚbØnyüa@òÔİäß .2
ks
:‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ λ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
:(Colebrook -White) ‫ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ‬-‫ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻛﻮﻟﻴﱪﻭﻙ‬.a
1 ⎛ 2.51 k ⎞
= −2 lg⎜⎜ + s ⎟⎟
λ ⎝ Re λ 3.71d ⎠

:(Frenkel) ‫ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻓﺮﻧﻜﻞ‬.b

1 ⎡ ks ⎛ 6,81 ⎞ ⎤
0,9

= −2 lg ⎢ +⎜ ⎟ ⎥
λ ⎣⎢ 7,4r ⎝ Re ⎠ ⎦⎥

Re cr 2 < Re ‫ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬:(ÚbØnyýÛ@òîÈîiÛa@òÔİä¾a) å“©a@ÚbØnyüa@òÔİäß .3

r
:‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ‬ λ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬ λ = f( )‫ﻭ‬
ks
1
λ= 2
⎛ r ⎞
⎜⎜1,74 + 2 lg ⎟⎟
⎝ ks ⎠

[162] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬،(7.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

ZŒbÌÛa@kîibãc@Á©@ïİìÛa@ÁÌ›Ûa@lby -7.3.4
‫ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ‬،(7.62) ‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
:‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
1 Z m Tm λ ∆ 2
p 2 = p12 − QN x (7.69)
K2 d5

.‫( ﺗﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬7.69) ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬

.‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﺨﻁ ﺃﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬،(7.3) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[163] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬

1 Z m Tm λ ∆
C= , (7.70)
K2 d5
:‫( ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬7.69) ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
p= p12 − C Q N2 x (7.71)
:‫( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬7.71) ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬،‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
p12 − p 22
CQN2 = , (7.72)
l

:‫( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬7.71) ‫( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬7.72) ‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

p= (
p12 − p12 − p 22 ) xl . (7.73)

:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

l
1 x
p m = ∫ p12 − p12 − p 22 dx
l0 l
( ) (7.74)

: ‫( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬7.74) ‫ﻭﲟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

2 p13 − p 23 2 ⎛ p 22 ⎞
pm= = ⎜ p + ⎟⎟ . (7.75)
3 p12 − p 22 3 ⎜⎝
1
p1 + p 2 ⎠

W‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫ א‬-7.4

‫( ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬7.3) ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
.( QN ) ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ‬،‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻘﻘﺔ‬

[164] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﳍﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ‬

‫ﻧﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻛﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ )‪ (7.61‬ﻭ)‪ (7.62‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p12 − p 22 5‬‬
‫‪QN = A‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫)‪(7.76‬‬
‫‪λl‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫‪λ‬‬
‫‪p12 − p 22 = B‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪QN2 l‬‬ ‫)‪(7.77‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪π TN‬‬ ‫‪Ra‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪A‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫=‪B‬‬
‫∆‪Z m T‬‬ ‫‪4 pN‬‬ ‫∆‪Z m T‬‬ ‫‪A2‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ )‪ (7.76‬ﻭ)‪ (7.77‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻳﺒﺴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ZHSeries pipingI@ ÝÜnÛa@ óÜÇ@ ò ìi‹¾a@ ŒbÌÛa@ kîibãc -7.4.1‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(7.4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(7.4‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺒﻭﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴل‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[165] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬i ) ‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ‬،( QN ) ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ‬
:‫ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
λi
pi2 − pi2+1 = B 5
Q N2 li (7.78)
d i

:‫ ( ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬i = 1,2,.........n ) ‫ﻭﺑﺎﳉﻤﻊ‬

n
λi
p12 − p n2+1 = BQ N2 ∑ li (7.79)
i =1 d i5

:‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
p12 − p n2+1
QN = A (7.80)
n
λi l i
∑
i =1 d i
5

‫ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ ﻭﳐﺼﺺ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
،‫ﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬‫ ﻭﳛﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‬،‫ﺎ‬‫ ( ﺫﺍ‬QN ) ‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
:‫ﺃﻱ‬
λe
p12 − p n2+1 = B Q N2 l (7.81)
d e5
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
n
.( l = ∑ li ) ‫ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬: l
i =1

.‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬: λe

.‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬: d e
:‫( ﳒﺪ‬7.79) ‫( ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬7.81) ‫ﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
n
λi λe
∑d 5 i
l = l (7.82)
i =1 i de

[166] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ‬7.82) ‫ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺪﻑ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
.( λe ) ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
.(7.5) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬:(Parallel piping) Ê‹ÐnÛa@óÜÇ@ò ìi‹¾a@ŒbÌÛa@kîibãc -7.4.2

.‫ ﺃﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺒﻭﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻉ‬،(7.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ ( ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ‬QNi ) ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﺎ ﺑـ‬
:‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬،‫ ( ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬n )
n
Q N = ∑ Q Ni (7.83)
i =1

:‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
λi
p12 − p 22 = B 5
QNi2 li (7.84)
d i

‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‬،‫ ( ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬p2 )‫ ( ﻭ‬p1 ) ‫ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟـ‬
:‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬
d i5
Q Ni = A p12 − p 22 (7.85)
λi l i
:‫( ﳒﺪ‬7.83) ‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬7.85) ‫ﻭﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

[167] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

n
d i5
QN = A p − p 2 2
∑ (7.86)
λi l i
1 2
i =1

:‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ‬

QN2
p12 − p 22 = B 2
(7.87)
⎛ n d5 ⎞
⎜ ⎟
∑ i
⎜ i =1 λi li ⎟
⎝ ⎠
:‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
λe
p12 − p 22 = B 5
QN2 l e (7.88)
d e

:‫( ﳒﺪ‬7.87) ‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬7.88) ‫ﻭﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

1 λe
2
= le (7.89)
⎛ n d5 ⎞ d e5
⎜∑ i ⎟
⎜ i =1 λi li ⎟
⎝ ⎠

‫ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬،( le = li ) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬

Pipeline with - (ÉíŒìnÛa@kîibãcë@ÉîàvnÛa@kîibãc) pbÈí‹ÐnÛa@paˆ@ŒbÌÛa@kîibãc -7.4.3

‫ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬:intermediate injections and deliveries
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ )ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ( ﻭﳎﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﺮﻓﺪ ﺧﻂ‬
.(7.6) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ‬

.‫ ﺃﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ‬،(7.6) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[168] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ) ‪ ( i‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬

‫‪λi‬‬
‫‪pi2 − pi2+1 = B‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Q Ni2 li‬‬ ‫)‪(7.90‬‬
‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﳉﻤﻊ ) ‪ ( i = 1,2,.........n‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪λi‬‬
‫∑ ‪p12 − p n2+1 = B‬‬ ‫‪QNi2 li‬‬ ‫)‪(7.91‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬ ‫‪d i5‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫‪λi‬‬
‫∑ ‪p12 − p m2 +1 = B‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Q Ni2 li‬‬ ‫)‪(7.92‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬

‫• ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p n+1‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪λi‬‬
‫∑ ‪p m2 +1 − p n2+1 = B‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪QNi2 li‬‬ ‫)‪(7.93‬‬
‫‪i = m +1 d i‬‬

‫ﻻﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ) ‪.( QNi‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫= ‪p12 − p n2+1‬‬ ‫‪∑λ Q‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‪Ni i‬‬ ‫)‪(7.94‬‬
‫‪d5‬‬ ‫‪i =1‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[169] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ) ‪ ،( p12 − pn2+1‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( i‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p i2 − p i2+1 p12 − p n2+1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(7.95‬‬
‫‪li‬‬ ‫‪l‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪l = ∑ li‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪i =1‬‬

‫‪λi‬‬ ‫‪p i2 − p i2+1‬‬

‫(‬ ‫( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.90‬ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ )‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‬
‫‪d i5‬‬ ‫‪li‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ) ‪،( d i‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7.5‬א‪‬א‪@ @W‬‬

‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ) ‪( QN′‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( QN‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪@ðˆ@kîibãþa@Á©@ïÜ‚a‡Ûa@‹İÔÛa@åß@×c@H d1 I@‹İÓ@paˆ@òÜ–ë@kî׋m@Õí‹ @åÇ -7.5.1‬‬
‫‪ZH d I@‹İÔÛa‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ) ‪ ( d1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ) ‪ ،( x‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(7.7‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[170] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.(7.7) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:‫( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.79) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬

⎡ λ ′l λ x λ ′(l − l1 − x) ⎤
p12 − p22 = BQN′ 2 ⎢ 51 + 15 + ⎥ (7.96)
⎣d d1 d5 ⎦

‫ﺃﻭ‬
⎡ λ x λ ′(l − x) ⎤
p12 − p 22 = BQ N′ 2 ⎢ 15 + ⎥ (7.97)
⎣ d1 d5 ⎦

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
.‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ ( ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬p 2 )‫ ( ﻭ‬p1 ) ‫ ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬،‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
:‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
λ
p12 − p 22 = BQ N2 l (7.98)
d5

:‫( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬7.98)‫( ﻭ‬7.97) ‫ﲟﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ‬

λ 2 ⎡ λ1 x λ ′(l − x) ⎤
BQ N2 l = BQ ′
N ⎢ + ⎥ (7.99)
d5 ⎣ d1
5
d5 ⎦

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

[171] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Q N2 λ
1−
Q N′ 2 λ ′
x= ⋅l (7.100)
λ1 d 5
1−
λ ′ d15

Zïîö‹Ûa@ÁƒÜÛ@òíŒaìß@òÜ–ë@kî׋m@Õí‹ @åÇ -7.5.2
( p 2 )‫ ( ﻭ‬p1 ) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬
‫ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
.(7.8) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،( d ) ‫ ( ﺃﻛﱪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬d1 ) ‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺮ‬

.(7.8) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:‫( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.82) ‫ ( ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬MN ) ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
QN′ 2 ⋅ x
p M2 − p N2 = B 2
(7.101)
⎛ d5 d15 ⎞⎟
⎜ +
⎜ λ ′′ λ1′ ⎟⎠
⎝
.( Q N′ > Q N ) ‫ﺤﻴﺙ‬
:‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‬،‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
p12 − p 22 = p12 − p M2 + ( p M2 − p N2 ) + p N2 − p 22 (7.102)
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ λ ′l x λ ′(l − l1 − x) ⎥
p12 − p 22 = BQ N′ 2 ⎢ 51 + 2
+ 5
⎥ (7.103)
⎢d ⎛ d5 5 ⎞
d1 ⎟ d ⎥
⎢ ⎜ + ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎜ λ ′′ λ ′⎟ ⎥⎦
⎝ 1 ⎠

[172] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ λ ′l λ ′x x ⎥
p12 − p 22 = BQ N′ 2 ⎢ 5 − 5 + 2
⎥ (7.104)
⎢d d ⎛ d5 5 ⎞ ⎥
d1 ⎟
⎢ ⎜ + ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎜ λ ′′ λ′1 ⎟ ⎥
⎝ ⎠ ⎦
‫( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺧﻂ‬7.104) ‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
.‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
،‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
:‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
λl ⎢ λ ′l λ ′x x ⎥
Q N2 5 = Q N′ 2 ⎢ 5 − 5 + 2
⎥ (7.105)
d ⎢d d ⎛ d5 5 ⎞ ⎥
d1 ⎟
⎢ ⎜ + ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎜ λ ′′ λ′1 ⎟ ⎥
⎝ ⎠ ⎦
‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺪ‬،‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‬
:‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
Q N2 λ
1−
Q N′ 2 λ ′
x= l (7.106)
1
1− 2
⎛ λ′ d15 λ ′ ⎞⎟
⎜ +
⎜ λ ′′ d 5 λ1′ ⎟⎠
⎝
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻱ‬
:‫ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‬،( λ1′ = λ ′′ ) ‫ ( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬d = d1 )
Q N2 λ
1− 2
Q N′ λ ′
x= l (7.107)
1 λ ′′
1−
4 λ′
[173] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ZÁËaì›Ûa@pbİ«@†‡Ç@ñ†bíŒ@Õí‹ @åÇ -7.5.3‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳏﻄﱵ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﲔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ) ‪ ( QN′‬ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪QN′ = K‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪2 p12 − p22 5‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫)‬ ‫)‪(7.108‬‬
‫‪Z mTm λ ′∆l‬‬

‫‪.( QN′‬‬ ‫) ‪> QN‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.108‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(7.61‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q N′‬‬ ‫‪λ‬‬
‫‪= 2‬‬ ‫)‪(7.109‬‬
‫‪QN‬‬ ‫‪λ′‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ )ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﳋﺸﻦ( ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ) ‪ ،( λ = λ ′‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.109‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q N′‬‬
‫‪= 2‬‬ ‫)‪(7.110‬‬
‫‪QN‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳏﻄﱵ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﲔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ) ‪ ( n‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫) ‪ ( n − 1‬ﳏﻄﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7.6‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪W‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺆﺩﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻴﻨﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[174] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ )ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺋﻖ( ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪Zkîibãþa@Á‚@õbäjÛ@òߌýÛa@òíŠë‹›Ûa@Âë‹“Ûa -7.6.1‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )‪.(Pipeline route‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )‪.(Pipe material‬‬
‫• ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )‪.(Pipe wall thickness‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (Optimal Parameters‬ﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ )‪.(Technique of installation‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ƒ ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺇﳚﺎﰊ( ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺳﻠﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[175] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻛﱪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪Zkîibãþa@æ‡Èß@b@‹Èní@Ûa@HStressesI@pa†bèu⁄a -7.6.2‬‬
‫‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ (Stresses‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ )‪ (Unitary efforts‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :(Inevitable stresses) bèjä¤@åغü@Ûa@pa†bèu⁄a‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻤﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﺛﻘﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :(Accidentally stresses) òîš‹ÈÛa@pa†bèu⁄a‬ﻭﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫ƒ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﻨﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﹰﺎ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﻨﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ‪...‬ﺍﱁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﻨﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫א‪‬א‪[176] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ )‪ (Supra-Stresses‬ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﻨﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫)‪ (Safety coefficient‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )‪ ،(Test pressure‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻋﺎﱄ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪.(Superior quality‬‬

‫‪Zkîibãþa@æaŠ‡u@À@d“äm@Ûa@HUnitary EffortsI@ò퇨a@pa†bèu⁄a -7.6.3‬‬

‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻀﻊ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑﻫﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(7.9‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(7.9‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺴﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :(Axial unitary efforts) òíŠìa@ò퇨a@pa†bèu⁄a 9‬ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ ) ‪.( σ ax‬ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﳓﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺀ ) ‪ ( MN‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ) ‪ ( L‬ﻭﳝﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( α‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(7.10‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[177] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.(7.10) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

 W‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫ א‬Ea

‫ ﻭﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬

( p max ) ‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‬،( p ) ‫ ( ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬K ) ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
:‫ ( ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬M ) ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬
p max = p + ρg∆z (7.111)
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( pa ) ،‫ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬: p
.( Kg / m 3 ) ،‫ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ‬: ρ
‫ ( ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬ρg∆z ) ‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺪ‬
.( M ) ‫ ( ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬K ) ‫∆ ( ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﱵ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬z ) ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺟﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ‬
:‫ ( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬M ) ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
πd 2 πd 2
Fp = p max = ( p + ρg∆z ) (7.112)
4 4

:‫ ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬Gax ) ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
Gax = πd ρ M δ g ∆z (7.113)
[178] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬: ρ M ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬

:‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬Total axial force) ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
π d2 d
Fax = F p + Gax = p + π d (ρ + ρ M δ ) g ∆z (7.114)
4 4

:‫ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬،‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

Fax pd ⎛ d ⎞
σ ax , p = = +⎜ρ + ρ M ⎟ g ∆z (7.115)
πdδ 4δ ⎝ 4δ ⎠

:‫∆ ( ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬z = 0 ) ‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬

Fax pd
σ ax , p = = (7.116)
πdδ 4δ

W‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫ א‬Eb

،‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ‬،‫ﺎﻳﱵ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺍﹰ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﲤﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
:(‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻫﻮﻙ‬
σ ax,t = E ⋅ ε (7.117)
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
∆L
ε=
L

‫( ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ‬Modulus of elasticity)‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ‬: E

.( E steel = 20,601 × 10 5 bar ) ،‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

[179] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﲤﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( ∆t‬ﺑﲔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺨﻦ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆L = ± L ⋅ α M ⋅ ∆t‬‬ ‫)‪(7.118‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆L‬‬
‫‪= ±α M ⋅ ∆t‬‬ ‫)‪(7.119‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : +‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫_ ‪ :‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : α M‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‪ .( K −1 ) ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(7.2‬‬

‫) ‪α M ( K −1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‬

‫‪12 × 10 −6‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ) ‪( 0 oC < t < 100 oC‬‬

‫‪11,7 × 10 −6‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‪-‬ﻛﺮﻭﻡ‬

‫‪13,1 × 10 −6‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺂﻛﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(7.2‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.119‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.117‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪σ ax ,t = ± E ⋅ α M ⋅ ∆t‬‬ ‫)‪(7.120‬‬

‫‪ Ec‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪W(Bends)‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[180] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ( ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﳓﻨﺎﺋﻪ‬L ) ‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺟﺰﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ‬

.(7.11) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،( β )

.(7.11) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:‫ﳝﻜﻦ أﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‬
d
L = β R, ∆L = β (7.121)
2
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( m ) ،‫ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﻭﻓﻖ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‬: L
.( m ) ،‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬: d
:‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬
∆L d
= (7.122)
L 2R
:‫ﻭﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻫﻮﻙ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
σ ax ,b = ± E ⋅ α M ⋅ ∆t (7.123)
‫ﻹﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳓﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﱄ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
.‫ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﲏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‬
W(Hydraulic shock) ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫ א‬Ed

( ∆p ) ‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬

:(Jukovski) ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬
[181] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

ε
4 ρQ ρ
∆p = (7.124)
πd 2
ε d
1+
Eδ
.( bar ) ،‫ ( ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ‬ε ) ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﺜﻞ‬
:‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
ε
ρQ ρ
σ ax , s = (7.125)
πdδ ε d
1+
Eδ
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﲨﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
σ ax = σ az , p + σ ax ,t + σ ax ,b + σ ax , s (7.126)

‫ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ‬:(Tangential Unitary Efforts) òîbà¾a@ò퇨a@pa†bèu⁄a 9

‫ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﺘﻢ‬،‫ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬،( σ t )
:‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺌﺘﲔ‬
‫ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬:‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬  ‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬   ‫א‬ ‫• א‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬،‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺘﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ‬، ( L ) ‫ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺪﻑ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬‫ ﻭ‬.(7.12) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ( ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬d ⋅ L ) ‫ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،( 2 ⋅ δ ⋅ L ) ‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬
pd
p ⋅ d ⋅ L = 2 ⋅σ t ⋅δ ⋅ L ⇒ σ t = (7.127)
2δ

[182] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
δ
≤ 0.024.....0.025 (7.128)
D
.‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬ D ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬

.(7.12) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬
.‫ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ W‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬  ‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬   ‫א‬ ‫א‬ •
‫ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬،‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
.(7.13)

.(7.13) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:(Lame) ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬

[183] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

ri 2 ⎛ re2 ⎞
σt = p ⎜1 + 2 ⎟
⎜ r ⎟ (7.129)
re2 − ri 2 ⎝ ⎠
ri ≤ r ≤ re ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( m ) ،‫ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬: re
.( m ) ،‫ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬: ri
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‬
:‫ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
re2 + ri 2
σ t max = p (7.130)
re2 − ri 2
:‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
D2 + d 2
σ t max = p (7.131)
D2 − d 2

‫ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ‬،( δ 2 ) ‫ ( ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻮﻱ‬D = d + 2δ ) ‫ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬

:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.131) ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
pD
σ t max = (7.132)
2δ

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬
.(7.132) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﱯ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬7.131) ‫( ﺃﻭ‬7.130) ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺒﻴﻀﻮﻳﺔ‬
.‫( ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‬Excentric) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬Oval form)
:‫(( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬7.14-1) ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Dmax − Dmin
Ω= (7.133)
DN
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺳﲑ‬: Dmax
.‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺳﲑ‬: Dmin
[184] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺳﲑ‬: DN

.(7.14) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‬
‫(( ﻭﻓﻖ‬7.14-2) ‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﲰﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
δ max − δ min
e= (7.134)
δ max + δ min
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬
:‫( ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬I.G.Kugusev) ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬
pD N ⎛ 3D N − 2δ 1 ⎞
σt = ⎜ ο+ ⎟ (7.135)
2δ ⎝ 2δ 1− e ⎠
2 Dmax − Dmin
ο= (7.136)
Dmax + Dmin

.(7.132) ‫ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬ ο = 0‫ ﻭ‬e = 0 ‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﰲ‬،( Ω ≤ 0,015 ) ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ‬
.( e ≤ 0,15 ) ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﲔ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ‬
‫ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ‬:(Radial Unitary Efforts) òí‹İÔÛa@ ò퇨a@ pa†bèu⁄a 9
:‫ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬،( σ r )
σr = −p (7.137)

[185] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪:(Equivalent Unitary Effort) øÏbؾa@ð‡¨a@†bèu⁄a 9‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ) ‪ ( σ e‬ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫= ‪σe‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫[‬
‫‪(σ ax − σ t )2 + (σ t − σ r )2 + (σ r − σ ax )2‬‬ ‫]‬ ‫)‪(7.138‬‬

‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( σ r‬ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.138‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪σ e = σ ax2 + σ t2 − σ axσ t‬‬ ‫)‪(7.139‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ) ‪ ( σ e‬ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ )‪ (Admissible Unitary Effort‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪σc‬‬
‫= ‪σa‬‬ ‫)‪(7.140‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : σ c‬ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻭﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ : s‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ) ‪ ( σ e > σ a‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﻣﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Zkîibãþa@æaŠ‡u@ò×b@lby -7.6.4‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ‪،‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[186] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﲤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p⋅D‬‬
‫=‪δ‬‬ ‫‪+ a1 + a 2‬‬ ‫)‪(7.141‬‬
‫‪2 ⋅ F ⋅σ a‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : p‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‪.( pa ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : F‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﳋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( F = 1‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ ) ‪ ( F = 0,7 ÷ 0,9‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺬﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪.( F = 1‬‬
‫‪ : s‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(7.3‬‬

‫‪s‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬

‫ﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺕ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺃ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﳎﺎ ﹴﺭ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻮﺍ ﹴ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺄﻫﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺣﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺄﻫﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1,67‬‬ ‫‪II‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺣﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(7.3‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[187] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ : a1‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ a1 = 0,125 δ‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪ a1 = 0,15 δ‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪ : a 2‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( 0,5 − 1 mm‬ﻭﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﲟﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺒﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.141‬ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ) ‪ ( ASME B 31.8‬ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪:1995‬‬
‫‪p⋅D‬‬
‫=‪τ‬‬ ‫)‪(7.142‬‬
‫‪2 ⋅ S ⋅ F ⋅ E ⋅T‬‬

‫‪،(Nominal‬‬ ‫)‪Wall Thickness‬‬ ‫‪ :τ‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﲰﻴﺔ ﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

‫) ‪.( in‬‬
‫‪ : p‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ )‪.( psig ) ،(Design Pressure‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ )‪.( in ) ،(Nominal Outside Diameter‬‬
‫‪Specified Minimum Yield‬‬ ‫‪ : S‬ﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ )‬
‫‪ ،(Strength‬ﻭﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ) ‪ .( psig‬ﻭﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[188] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

SMYS ( psig ) SMYS ( N / mm 2 ) ‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‬

25000 172 A25
30000 207 A
35000 241 B
42000 289 X42
46000 317 X46
52000 358 X52
56000 386 X56
60000 413 X60
65000 448 X65
70000 482 X70
80000 551 X80
.(7.4) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

‫ ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬،(Design Factor) ‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬: F

:‫ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬

F ‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
0,80 1. ‫ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬،1 ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
0,72 2. ‫ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬،1 ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
0,60 2. ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
0,50 3. ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
0,40 4. ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬

.(7.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

Longitudinal Joint ) ‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬: E

.‫( ﳌﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‬1) ‫( ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬Factor
Temperature ) ‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ‬: T
:‫ ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬،(Derating Factor
[189] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪T‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ) ‪( o F‬‬

‫‪1,000‬‬ ‫‪ 250‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫‪0,967‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬
‫‪0,933‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬
‫‪0,900‬‬ ‫‪400‬‬
‫‪0,867‬‬ ‫‪450‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(7.6‬‬

‫‪ZïÈîjİÛa@ŒbÌÛa@ÝÔã@kîibãc@Âìİ‚@Éîä—m@†aìß -7.6.5‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ )‪ (Stresses‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪ (Operating conditions‬ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (Test pressure‬ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻨ‪‬ﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ )‪(Line-pipe‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﱐ‬
‫ﻋﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﻧﺔ )‪ (High-strength carbon steel‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻤﺘﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺫﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫) ‪.( − 65 oC‬‬
‫• ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺫﻭ ﻟﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳊﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺫﻭ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮ‪ -‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[190] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺣﱴ‬
‫‪. 685 N / mm 2‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )‪ (Pipe mills‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ :(Seamless pipe) ‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( 0,5 − 24 inches‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ :(Welded Pipe) ‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( 24 ÷ 36 inches‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ) ‪ (American Petroleum Institute‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ) ‪API‬‬
‫‪.(Specifications‬‬

‫‪ZïÈîjİÛa@ŒbÌÛa@ÝÔã@kîibãc@Âìİ‚@paŠbjn‚a -7.6.6‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﳊﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻐﻠﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﺰﺍﳍﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺧﻨﺎﺩﻗﻬﺎ( ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻀﻊ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :(Preliminary test) ð‡îèànÛa@Šbjn‚üa (a‬ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ) ‪ ،( 5 bar‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺪﺗﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﻘﻞ ﻣﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[191] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ :(Resistance test) òßëbÔ¾a@ Šbjn‚a (b‬ﳚﺮﻯ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ) ‪( Pt‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Pt = ap‬‬ ‫)‪(7.143‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : p‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ )‪.(Maximum Operating Pressure‬‬
‫‪ : a‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪.(1,2 − 1,4‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﻘﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﺸﲑ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﹰﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﺼﺪﻉ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳚﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :(Tightness test) âbØy⁄a@Šbjn‚a (c‬ﻳﻨﻔﺬ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﹰﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺎﻓﻆ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻐﲑ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ )ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪.(1%‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻲ ﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﺎ ﳊﺠﻢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( Vs‬ﻭﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑـ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[192] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬- ‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬،‫ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‬Ti )‫ ( ﻭ‬pi )
:‫ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬- ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ‬
Z N TN pi
Vi N = Vs ⋅ ⋅ (7.144)
Z i Ti pN

:‫ﺎﻳﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ‬
Z N TN p f
V f N = Vs ⋅ ⋅ (7.145)
Z f Tf pN
:‫ﺎﻳﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻲ‬‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ ﺑﲔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‬
Z N TN ⎛ pi pf ⎞
∆ VN = Vi N − V f N = Vs ⎜
⎜Z T
− ⎟
⎟
(7.146)
pN ⎝ i i Z f Tf ⎠
:‫( ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬7.144) ‫( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬7.146) ‫ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
∆VN Z T pf
=1− i i ⋅ (7.147)
Vi N Z f T f pi
‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻻﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺃﻱ‬،‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.147) ‫ ( ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬Ti = T f
∆VN Z pf
=1− i ⋅ (7.148)
Vi N Z f pi

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﳒﺎﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ )ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ( ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
:‫ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬، p f ≥ 0,99 pi
∆VN Z
= 1 − 0,99 i ⋅ (7.149)
Vi N Zf
:‫( ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬7.149) ‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬7.147) ‫ﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
pf Ti
≥ 0,99 ⋅ (7.150)
pi Tf

‫( ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﲑ‬7.150) ‫ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
.‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻪ‬

[193] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ZïÈîjİÛa@ŒbÌÛa@ÝÔã@kîibãþ@òîØîãbØî¾a@˜öb—©a -7.6.7‬‬
‫ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑﻫﺎ )ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ( ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ )ﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺎﻧﺔ( ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺸﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ،( 760.....1420 mm‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺣﱴ ‪ (120 bar‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ) ‪( 40 mm‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﺔ )‪ (Submarine Pipelines‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ )ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ‪ ،( X70‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪(7.7‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Nominal‬‬ ‫‪Actual‬‬ ‫‪Actual‬‬ ‫‪ANSI /ASTM Schedule‬‬ ‫‪Wall‬‬

‫)‪Dia.(in‬‬ ‫)‪O.D.(in‬‬ ‫)‪I.D (in‬‬ ‫‪B36.10‬‬ ‫‪B36.19M‬‬ ‫)‪Thickness(in‬‬
‫‪0.307‬‬ ‫‪10S‬‬ ‫‪0.049‬‬
‫‪1/8‬‬ ‫‪0.405‬‬ ‫‪0.269‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪STD‬‬ ‫‪40S‬‬ ‫‪0.068‬‬
‫‪0.215‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪XS‬‬ ‫‪80S‬‬ ‫‪0.095‬‬
‫‪0.410‬‬ ‫‪10S‬‬ ‫‪0.065‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬ ‫‪0.540‬‬ ‫‪0.364‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪STD‬‬ ‫‪40S‬‬ ‫‪0.088‬‬
‫‪0.302‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪XS‬‬ ‫‪80S‬‬ ‫‪0.119‬‬
‫‪0.545‬‬ ‫‪10S‬‬ ‫‪0.065‬‬
‫‪3/8‬‬ ‫‪0.675‬‬ ‫‪0.493‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪STD‬‬ ‫‪40S‬‬ ‫‪0.091‬‬
‫‪0.423‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪XS‬‬ ‫‪80S‬‬ ‫‪0.126‬‬
‫‪0.710‬‬ ‫‪5S‬‬ ‫‪0.065‬‬
‫‪0.674‬‬ ‫‪10S‬‬ ‫‪0.083‬‬
‫‪1/2‬‬ ‫‪0.840‬‬ ‫‪0.622‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪STD‬‬ ‫‪40S‬‬ ‫‪0.109‬‬
‫‪0.546‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪XS‬‬ ‫‪80S‬‬ ‫‪0.147‬‬
‫‪0.464‬‬ ‫‪160‬‬ ‫‪0.188‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[194] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

0.252 XXS 0.294

0.920 5S 0.065
0.884 10S 0.083
0.824 40 STD 40S 0.113
3/4 1.050
0.742 80 XS 80S 0.154
0.612 160 0.219
0.434 XXS 0.308
1.185 5S 0.065
1.097 10S 0.109
1.049 40 STD 40S 0.133
1 1.315
0.957 80 XS 80S 0.179
0.815 160 0.250
0.599 XXS 0.358
1.530 5S 0.065
1.442 10S 0.109
1.380 40 STD 40S 0.140
1 1/4 1.660
1.278 80 XS 80S 0.191
1.160 160 0.250
0.896 XXS 0.382
1.770 5S 0.065
1.682 10S 0.109
1.610 40 STD 40S 0.145
1 1/2 1.900
1.500 80 XS 80S 0.200
1.338 160 0.281
1.100 XXS 0.400
2.245 5S 0.065
2.157 10S 0.109
2.067 40 STD 40S 0.154
2 2.375
1.939 80 XS 80S 0.218
1.687 160 0.344
1.503 XXS 0.436
2.709 5S 0.083
2.635 10S 0.120
2.469 40 STD 40S 0.203
2 1/2 2.875
2.323 80 XS 80S 0.276
2.125 160 0.375
1.771 XXS 0.552
3 3.500 3.334 5S 0.083
[195] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

3.260 10S 0.120

3.068 40 STD 40S 0.216
2.900 80 XS 80S 0.300
2.624 160 0.438
2.300 XXS 0.600
3.834 5S 0.083
3.760 10S 0.120
3 1/2 4.000
3.548 40 STD 40S 0.226
3.364 80 XS 80S 0.318
4.334 5S 0.083
4.260 10S 0.120
4.026 40 STD 40S 0.237
4 4500 3.826 80 XS 80S 0.337
3.624 120 0.438
3.438 160 0.531
3.152 XXS 0.674
5.345 5S 0.109
5.295 10S 0.134
5.047 40 STD 40S 0.258
5 5.563 4.813 80 XS 80S 0.375
4.563 120 0.500
4.313 160 0.625
4.063 XXS 0.750
6.407 5S 0.109
6.357 10S 0.134
6.065 40 STD 40S 0.280
6 6.625 5.761 80 XS 80S 0.432
5.501 120 0.562
5.187 160 0.719
4.897 XXS 0.864
8.407 5S 0.109
8.329 10S 0.148
8.125 20 0.250
8.071 30 0.277
7.981 40 STD 40S 0.322
7.813 60 0.406
8 8.625
7.625 80 XS 80S 0.500
7.437 100 0.594
7.187 120 0.719
7.001 140 0.812
6.875 XXS 0.875
6.813 160 0.906
10 10.750 10.482 5S 0.134
[196] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

10.420 10S 0.165

10.250 20 0.250
10.136 30 0.307
10.020 40 STD 40S 0.365
9.750 60 XS 80S 0.500
9.562 80 0.594
9.312 100 0.719
9.062 120 0.844
8.750 140 XXS 1.000
8.500 160 1.125
12.438 5S 0.156
12.390 10S 0.180
12.250 20 0.250
19.090 30 0.330
12.000 STD 40S 0.375
11.938 40 0.406
12 12.750 11.750 XS 80S 0.500
11.626 60 0.562
11.374 80 0.688
11.062 100 0.844
10.750 12 XXS 1.000
10.500 140 1.125
10.126 160 1.312
13.688 5S 0.156
13.624 10S 0.188
13.500 10 0.250
13.376 20 0.312
13.250 30 STD 0.375
13.124 40 0.438
14 14.000 13.000 XS 0.500
12.812 60 0.594
12.500 80 0.750
12.124 100 0.938
11.812 120 1.094
11.500 140 1.250
11.188 160 1.406
15.670 5S 0.165
15.624 10S 0.188
15.500 10 0.250
16 16.000 15.376 20 0.312
15.250 30 STD 0.375
15.000 40 XS 0.500
14.688 60 0.656

[197] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

14.312 80 0.844
13.938 100 1.031
13.562 120 1.219
13.124 140 1.438
12.812 160 1.594
17.670 5S 0.165
17.624 10S 0.188
17.500 10 0.250
17.376 20 0.312
17.250 STD 0.375
17.124 30 0.438
17.000 XS 0.500
18 18.000
16.876 40 0.562
16.500 60 0.750
16.124 80 0.938
15.688 100 1.156
15.250 120 1.375
14.876 140 1.562
14.438 160 1.781
19.624 5S 0.188
19.564 10S 0.218
19.500 10 0.250
19.250 20 STD 0.375
19.000 30 XS 0.500
18.812 40 0.594
20 20.000
18.376 60 0.812
17.938 80 1.031
17.438 100 1.281
17.000 120 1.500
16.500 140 1.750
16.062 160 1.969
21.624 5S 0.188
21.564 10S 0.218
21.500 10 0.250
21.250 20 STD 0.375
21.000 30 XS 0.500
22 22.000 20.250 60 0.875
19.750 80 1.125
19.250 100 1.375
18.750 120 1.625
18.250 140 1.875
17.750 160 2.125
24 24.000 23.564 5S 0.218

[198] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

23.500 10 10S 0.250

23.250 20 STD 0.375
23.000 XS 0.500
22.876 30 0.562
22.624 40 0.688
22.062 60 0.969
21.562 80 1.219
20.938 100 1.531
20.376 120 1.812
19.876 140 2.062
19.312 160 2.344
25.376 10 0.312
26 26.000 25.250 STD 0.375
25.000 20 XS 0.500
27.376 10 0.312
27.250 STD 0.375
28 28.000 27.000 20 XS 0.500
26.750 30 0.625
29.500 5S 0.250
29.376 10 10S 0.312
30 30.000 29.250 STD 0.375
29.000 20 XS 0.500
28.750 30 0.625
31.376 10 0.312
31.250 STD 0.375
32 32.000 31.000 20 XS 0.500
30.750 30 0.625
30.624 40 0.688
33.376 10 0.312
33.250 STD 0.375
34 34.000 33.000 20 XS 0.500
32.750 30 0.625
32.624 40 0.688
35.376 10 0.312
35.250 STD 0.375
36 36.000 35.000 20 XS 0.500
34.750 30 0.625
34.500 40 0.750

.(7.7) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

[199] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ -7.7‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪W‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ )‪.(Economic diameter‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ )‪.(Compression ratio‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ )‪ (Optimal discharge pressure‬ﶈﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ )‪ (Contra-pressure‬ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﻂ ﲝﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪ (Investment cost‬ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ‬
‫ﺿﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( ∆p = p1 − p 2‬ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ) ‪ ( p1 p 2‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ) ‪Operating‬‬
‫‪ (Cost‬ﳏﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺿﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﰎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻭ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻻﺑﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[200] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﱵ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ZŠbàrna@òÐÜ×@ÝÓc@¶g@†ìÔm@Ûa@ÂbÌ›ãüa@òjã@‡í‡¥ -7.7.1‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﺎ ﺑـ ‪ G‬ﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ) ‪ ( Ton / Km‬ﻭﺑـ ‪ β‬ﻟﺜﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ) ‪ ( S.P / Ton‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﲦﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪a = G⋅β‬‬ ‫)‪(7.151‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((7.15‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪G = π ⋅ De ⋅ δ ⋅ l ⋅ γ steel‬‬ ‫)‪(7.152‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : δ‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : De‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : l‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪.(1000 m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : γ steel‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ(‪.( Ton f / m 3 ) ،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(7.15‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[201] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.152‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(7.151‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪a = π ⋅ γ steel ⋅ β ⋅ l ⋅ De ⋅ δ‬‬ ‫)‪(7.153‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ) ‪ ( π ⋅ γ steel ⋅ β ⋅ l‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﲦﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(7.153‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ) ‪ ( δ‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪ (7.127‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪p ⋅ De‬‬
‫=‪δ‬‬ ‫)‪(7.154‬‬
‫‪2 ⋅σ t‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (7.154‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(7.153‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪π ⋅ γ steel ⋅ β ⋅ l‬‬
‫=‪a‬‬ ‫‪⋅ p ⋅ De2‬‬ ‫)‪(7.155‬‬
‫‪2 ⋅σ t‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪a = α ⋅ p ⋅ De2‬‬ ‫)‪(7.156‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪π ⋅ γ steel ⋅ β ⋅ l‬‬
‫=‪α‬‬ ‫)‪(7.157‬‬
‫‪2 ⋅σ t‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[202] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Q N2 ⋅ l
p12 − p 22 = 16
(7.158)
C ⋅d 3

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
A2
C= (7.159)
0.009407
K π TN Ra
A= = ⋅ (7.160)
Z m T∆ 4 pN Z m T∆

‫ ( ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‬p1 ) ‫( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬7.158) ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
Q N2 ⋅ l
p1 = p + 2
2 16
(7.161)
C ⋅d 3

:‫ ﳒﺪ‬،(7.156) ‫ ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬p1 ) ‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬

Q N2 ⋅ l
a = α ⋅ De2 ⋅ p 22 + 16
(7.162)
C ⋅d 3

‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﲰﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬7.162) ‫ ( ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬De = d )
Q N2 ⋅ l
a =α ⋅d ⋅ p + 2 2
2 16
(7.163)
C ⋅d 3

(‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ )ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
:‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
:(7.163) ‫• ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

[203] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

⎛ ⎞
⎜ 2 QN ⋅ l
2
⎟
a = α ⋅ d ⋅ ⎜ p2 +
2 2
16
4
⎟ (7.164)
⎜ ⎟
⎝ C ⋅d 3 ⎠

‫ﺃﻭ‬
⎛ Q2 ⋅l − ⎞
4

a 2 = α 2 ⎜⎜ p 22 ⋅ d 4 + N ⋅ d 3 ⎟⎟ (7.165)
⎝ C ⎠

:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬7.165) ‫• ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

d (a) ⎛ 4 Q2 ⋅l − 7 ⎞
2a = α 2 ⎜⎜ − ⋅ N ⋅ d 3 + 4 p 22 ⋅ d 3 ⎟⎟ (7.166)
d (d ) ⎝ 3 C ⎠

:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫• ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ‬

7
4 Q2 ⋅l −
− ⋅ N ⋅ d 3 + 4 p 22 ⋅ d 3 = 0 (7.167)
3 C
:‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬
16
Q N2 ⋅ l
d 3
= (7.168)
3 ⋅ C ⋅ p 22
.‫( ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻘﻖ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ‬7.168) ‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
:‫( ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬7.161) ‫ ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬d ) ‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
Q N2 ⋅ l
p1 = p 22 + = 3 p 22 + p 22 = 2 p 2 (7.169)
Q N2 ⋅ l
C⋅
3 ⋅ C ⋅ p 22

‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ‬،‫ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
:‫ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
p1
rI , min = =2 (7.170)
p2

[204] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ‬

‫‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﳏﻄﱵ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ZÝîÌ“m@òÐÜ×@ÝÓc@¶g@†ìÔm@Ûa@ÂbÌ›ãüa@òjã@‡í‡¥ -7.7.2‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⎡‬ ‫‪Z‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬
‫⎤‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬
‫)‪(7.171‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫=‪N‬‬ ‫‪p1 ⋅ V1‬‬ ‫⎢‬‫⎟ ⎜‬ ‫⎥‪− 1‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪3600 ⋅ 102 ⎢⎝ r‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎣‬ ‫⎦‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : N‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪.( KW ) ،‬‬
‫‪.( Kgf / m 2‬‬ ‫‪ : p 2 , p1‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪ ،‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪abs ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : V1‬ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.( m 3 / h ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : r‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ) ‪.( p1 p 2‬‬
‫‪Cp‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ : x‬ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ )‬
‫‪Cv‬‬
‫‪ : Z‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ) ‪.( p1 ,T1‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﳑﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳏﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﳏﺼﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺑﲔ ﳏﻄﱵ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ) ‪ ( d‬ﻭﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﻭﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( QN‬ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ )ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳏﻄﱵ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ(‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ) ‪ ( p 2‬ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ) ‪ ( l1‬ﺑـ ) ‪،( p 2,1‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪ ( l 2‬ﺑـ ) ‪ ،( p 2, 2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(7.16‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[205] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.(7.16) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬

:( l1 ) ‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
p12 − p 22,1
QN = F (7.172)
l1
:( l 2 ) ‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
QN = F (p 2
1 − p22, 2 ) l 2 (7.173)
16

F = C ⋅d ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬ 3

:‫ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬،(7.173)‫( ﻭ‬7.172) ‫ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ‬

( p12 − p22,1 ) l1 = ( p12 − p22,2 ) l2 (7.174)
:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
p12 p12
− 1 −1
p 22,1 p 22, 2
= (7.175)
l1 l2
2
p 2,1 p 22, 2
:‫ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬،( p12 ) ‫( ﻋﻠﻰ‬7.175) ‫ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
p12 p12
−1 −1
p 22,1 p 22, 2
= (7.176)
p12 p12
⋅ l1 ⋅ l2
p 22,1 p 22, 2
‫ ( ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﰲ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﺧﻂ‬r2 = p12 p22, 2 )‫ ( ﻭ‬r1 = p12 p22,1 ) ‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﺍﻥ‬
(7.176) ‫ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬،‫ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‬l 2 )‫ ( ﻭ‬l1 ) ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
[206] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪r12 − 1 r22 − 1‬‬

‫=‬ ‫)‪(7.177‬‬
‫‪r12 ⋅ l1 r22 ⋅ l 2‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪r2‬‬ ‫)‪(7.178‬‬
‫‪l 2 r12 − 1‬‬
‫‪1− ⋅ 2‬‬
‫‪l1 r1‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻀﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪rO ,min = 1,33‬‬ ‫)‪(7.179‬‬
‫‪ZóÜr¾a@ÂbÌ›ãüa@òjã@‡í‡¥ -7.7.3‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﲦﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﳘﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪.( rI = 2‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪.( rO = 1,33‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﱵ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻒ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﳓﻮ ) ‪ ( 70 − 80%‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻒ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ) ‪.( 20 − 30%‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[207] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﺎ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﻭﺅﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﱵ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑـ‬
‫) ‪ ( I‬ﻭ) ‪ ( O‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ )ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ( ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪rmed = rI ⋅ I + rO ⋅ O‬‬ ‫)‪(7.180‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ) ‪ ( I = 80%‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻓﺈﻥ ) ‪ ( O = 20%‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪rmed = 2 ⋅ 0,80 + 1,33 ⋅ 0,20 = 1,87‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ) ‪ ( I = 70%‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ) ‪ ( O = 30%‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪rmed = 2 ⋅ 0.70 + 1,33 ⋅ 0.30 = 1,8‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ )ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ( ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻭﻃﺮﺩ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ) ‪ (1,33‬ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ ) ‪.(1,6 − 2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﰎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻃﺮﺩ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ )ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻃﺮﺩ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮ‪ -‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﻃﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[208] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ W-‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻪ ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩ ) ‪ ( p c‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ) ‪ ،( p p‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻓﺎﻋﻪ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﺪﺓ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ (Hydraulic‬ﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎ‬ ‫)‪calculations‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﲢﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻄﻪ )‪.(Compression of natural gas‬‬
‫ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪(8.1‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :(Positive Displacement Types) òîib°⁄a@ òyaŒ⁄a@ ÁËaìš (1‬ﻭﺗﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ )‪.(Reciprocating‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ )‪.(Rotary‬‬
‫‪ :(Dynamic Types) òîØîßbäí‡Ûa@ÁËaì›Ûa (2‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ )‪.(Centrifugal‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[209] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.(Axial) ‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬

.(Mixed) ‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺛﺔ‬:(Thermal) òíŠa‹¨a@ ÁËaì›Ûa (3
.(Ejector)

.‫ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺍﻏﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻴﺔ‬،(8.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﰲ‬

.‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬

:(Reciprocating Compressors) ‫א‬‫א‬‫ א‬-8.1

‫ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬،‫ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ‬

‫ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬،(‫ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ‬3000 ft 3 / min ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ )ﺣﻮﺍﱄ‬
‫( ﰲ ﺣﲔ‬14914 KW ) 20000 hp ‫ ( ﺇﱃ‬746 KW ) 1000 hp ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻣﻦ‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ‬Low vacuum) ‫( ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻼﺀ‬Operating pressure) ‫ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
.‫ ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‬30000 psi ) ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫( ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬Single-stage) ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬

[210] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ )‪ (Multi-stage‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ )‪ (Compression ratio‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲢﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻭﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ .( 4‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8.2‬ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻣﻜﺒﺴﻲ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )‪.(Double-acting‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(8.2‬ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﺎﻏﻁ ﻤﻜﺒﺴﻲ ﺜﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﱪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﱪﺩﺍﺕ )‪ (Intercoolers‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﲣﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ )‪ (Actual volume‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ )‪High-‬‬
‫‪ (pressure cylinders‬ﳐﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ )‪ (Horsepower‬ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﳏﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[211] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺇﺫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﺇﱃ ﲣﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻳﻮﺕ ﺗﺰﻟﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ) ‪Destroy‬‬
‫‪ (cylinder lubrication‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺼﺪﻉ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ )‪ (Compressor cylinder‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪Zòîjؾa@ÁËaì›Ûa@áîà—m@M8.1.1‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﰲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺳﻌﺔ )‪ (Capacity‬ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (Enthalpy change‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ) ‪ ( p − H diagram‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﲔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺎﻏﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻩ )‪ ،(Efficiency‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬
‫)‪.(Compression processes‬‬
‫‪Thermodynamic‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‬
‫‪ (calculations‬ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﳘﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ )‪ (Adiabatic‬ﺃﻭﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺑـ )‪ ،(Isentropic reversible path‬ﺃﻱ ﻻﳛﺪﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪. pv k = const ،‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[212] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ )‬

‫‪Polytropic‬‬
‫‪ ،(reversible path‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪. pv n = const ،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ ،(8.3‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻗﻴﻡ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟـ ‪.n‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8.3‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﺇﱃ ) ‪ ( p 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪p2‬‬

‫‪W = ∫ v ⋅ dp = ∫ v ⋅ dp‬‬ ‫)‪(8.1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪p1‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻭﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ ) ‪ ،( n‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( n = 1‬ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻳﺰﻭﺛﺮﻣﻲ ) ‪Isothermal‬‬
‫‪.(compression‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (8.3‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[213] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﰎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ‪k‬‬
‫)‪ (Adiabatic exponent‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪cp‬‬ ‫‪C p,m‬‬
‫=‪k‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(8.2‬‬
‫‪cV‬‬ ‫‪CV , m‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪C p , m − CV , m = Ru ⇒ CV , m = C p , m − Ru‬‬ ‫)‪(8.3‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (8.2‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪CV , m‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪cp‬‬ ‫‪C p,m‬‬
‫=‪k‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(8.4‬‬
‫‪cV‬‬ ‫‪C p , m − Ru‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (8.4‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ .( C p,m‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﱵ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‬
‫)‪.(Average of suction and discharge temperatures‬‬
‫‪ (Molar‬ﻟﻸﻣﺰﺟﺔ‬ ‫)‪heat capacity‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ) ‪Average cylinder‬‬
‫‪.(temperature‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (Molecular weight‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ )‪ (Composition‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( k‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(8.4‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[214] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻷﺩﻴﺒﺎﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬،(8.4) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:(Estimating Compressor Horsepower) ÁËb›ÜÛ@òߌýÛa@òÇbİnüa@‡í‡¥ -8.1.2

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
:‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ( ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
dQ = dU + Ap ⋅ dV (8.5)
:‫ﺃﻭﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
dQ = c v dT + Ap ⋅ dV (8.6)
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬: Q
.‫ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻜﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬: A
.‫ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬: c v
[215] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ : U‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪U = I − Ap ⋅ V‬‬ ‫)‪(8.7‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪dU = dI − Ap ⋅ dV − AV ⋅ dp‬‬ ‫)‪(8.8‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(8.5‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪dU‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪dQ = dI − AV ⋅ dp‬‬ ‫)‪(8.9‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﲡﺮﻱ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻳﺰﻭﺗﺮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ ، dI = 0‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛p‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛p‬‬
‫⎟⎟ ‪Wiz = ∫ V ⋅ dp = ∫ V ⋅ dp = p sV s ln⎜⎜ d ⎟⎟ = mRT ln⎜⎜ d‬‬ ‫)‪(8.10‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ps‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ ps‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ ps‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻳﺰﻭﺗﺮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﲡﺮﻱ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪dI = AV ⋅ dp‬‬ ‫)‪(8.11‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪AWad = i 2 − i1 = c v (T2 − T1‬‬ ‫)‪(8.12‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪cv‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫= ‪cv‬‬ ‫)‪(8.13‬‬
‫‪k −1‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[216] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬ T2 ‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬

k −1
⎛p ⎞ k
T2 = T1 ⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ (8.14)
⎝ p1 ⎠

‫( ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬8.12) ‫( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬8.14)‫( ﻭ‬8.13) ،(8.2) ‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
ARk
AWad = (T2 − T1 ) (8.15)
k −1
:‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
⎡ k −1
⎤
k ⎢ ⎛ p ⎞ k
W ad = p1V1 ⎜⎜ 2
⎟ − 1⎥ (8.16)
k −1 ⎢⎝ p1 ⎟⎠ ⎥
⎣⎢ ⎥⎦
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
:‫ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
⎡ n −1
⎤
n ⎛ p ⎞ n
W pol = p1V1 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ − 1⎥
⎢ 2
(8.17)
n −1 ⎢⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥
⎣⎢ ⎥⎦

‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
n −1
⎛p ⎞ n
T2 = T1 ⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ (8.18)
⎝ p1 ⎠

:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬8.10) ‫ ﻓﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬،‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬

2
⎛f ⎞
Wiz = ∫ V ⋅ dp = mRT ln⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ (8.19)
1 ⎝ f1 ⎠
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬

[217] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

pd p
⎛f ⎞ Zdp s Zdp
ln⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ =
⎝ f1 ⎠
∫0 p − ∫0 p
:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬8.19) ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
⎡ pd Zdp ps Zdp ⎤
Wiz = mRT ⎢ ∫ −∫ ⎥ (8.20)
⎢⎣ 0 p 0
p ⎥⎦

:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬8.16) ‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

⎡ Z
k −1
⎤
k ⎢ ⎛ p ⎞ k
Wad = p1V1 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟2
− 1⎥ (8.21)
k −1 ⎢⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎥⎦

:‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

⎡ Z
k −1
⎤
k 1 ⎢ ⎛ p ⎞ k
N= p1V1 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
2
− 1⎥ (8.22)
k −1 ⎢
3600 ⋅ 102 ⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥
⎣⎢ ⎥⎦

:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
. KW ، ‫ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬: N
. Kgf / m 2 ،‫ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬: p1
. m 3 / h ،‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬: V1
. Kgf / m 2 ،‫ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‬: p 2
‫ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬،( N / m 2 ) ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
⎡ Z
k −1
⎤
k 10 5 ⎢ ⎛ p ⎞ k
N= p1V1 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
2
− 1⎥ ، [KW ] (8.23)
k −1 ⎢
3600 ⋅ 102 ⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥
⎣⎢ ⎥⎦

[218] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑـ ) ‪( Bhp‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ ratio‬‬
‫⎜⎜ ⋅ ‪N = 22‬‬ ‫‪⎟⎟ ⋅ (number of stages ) ⋅ Q ⋅ F‬‬ ‫)‪(8.24‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ stage‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (8.24‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( 2,5‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪ ( 300 − 450 rpm‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ) ‪.( 0,65‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : number of stages‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ratio‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪stage‬‬
‫‪number of stages‬‬
‫= ‪Ratio per stage‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪ : r‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ )‪.(Compression ratio‬‬
‫‪ : Q‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺿﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ) ‪Compressor‬‬
‫‪ (capacity‬ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ) ‪ (14,4 psia‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪،‬‬
‫‪. MMscfd‬‬
‫‪ : F‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ F = 1‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ )‪.(Single-stage‬‬
‫‪ F = 1,08‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ )‪.(Two-stage‬‬
‫‪ F = 1,10‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ )‪.(three-stage‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ) ‪ (1000 − 1800 rpm‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪‬ﺎ )‪ (Higher valve losses‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﳍﺎ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ) ‪ ( 20%‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪.(8.24‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[219] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ( ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬0,8 − 1,0 ) ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
.(8.24) ‫[ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬22] ‫[ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ‬20] (Multiplication factor) ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ‬
‫[ ﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ‬16 − 18] ‫ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ‬
.(1,5 − 2 ) ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﱯ ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
:‫ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬

.‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺴﻲ‬،(8.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:(Detailed Calculations) òîÜî—ÐnÛa@pbib¨a@-8.1.3

‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬Variables) ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺪﻑ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
:‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‬،(True compressor performance)

[220] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪:(Capacity)@ÁËb›Ûa@òÈ@-8.1.3.1‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻻﺗﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (Ideal gas‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( Z‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪ‪‬ﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( pV = nRT‬ﺇﱃ ) ‪.( pV = nZRT‬‬
‫‪Actual‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ )‬
‫‪ (volumetric quantity of gas‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( Qs‬ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ p ⎞⎛ T Z‬‬
‫⎟⎟ ‪Q = Qs ⎜⎜ s ⎟⎟ ⎜⎜ 1 1‬‬ ‫)‪(8.25‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ Ts ⎠ ⎝ p1Z s‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ) ‪ ( G‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Ru‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ GT1 Z 1‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫⎜⎜‬ ‫⎟⎟‬ ‫)‪(8.26‬‬
‫‪MW‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪Z‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ 1 s‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : Q‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Qs‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : G‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : T1‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : p1‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : p s‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Z 1‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Z s‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[221] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺤﺼﻠﺔ‬Effective capacity) ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬Piston displacement) ‫ﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬
.(Volumetric efficiency)
‫ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﻜﺎﺑﺲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬‫ ( ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍ‬PD ) ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬
:‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Single-acting piston) ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
π
⋅ D2 ⋅ S ⋅ n
PD = 4 (8.27)
60

Double-) ‫ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﻜﺎﺑﺲ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍ‬
:‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬acting piston
π
⋅ (D 2 − d 2 ) ⋅ S ⋅ n
PD = 2 ⋅ 4 (8.28)
60
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( m 3 / s ) ،‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬: PD
.( m ) ،(Length of piston movement) ‫ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬: S
.( rpm ) ،‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬: n
.( m ) ،(Cylinder inside diameter) ‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬: D
.( m ) ،(Piston rod diameter) ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬: d
:(Volumetric Efficiency) òîàv¨a@ñõbÐØÛa -8.1.3.2

‫ﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻻﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ ﺇﺫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬.(Discharge stroke) ‫ﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ ﰲ‬
‫( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﲔ‬Clearance volume) ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ‬
‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬Cylinder head) ‫( ﻭﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬End of the piston) ‫ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬

[222] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﻮﻃﻪ ﻭﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﰲ ﺑﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ )‪،(Valve ports‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ )‪ (Suction valve guards‬ﻭﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ )‪.(Discharge valve seats‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺹ ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﲞﻠﻮﺹ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ )‪:(Cylinder clearance‬‬
‫‪Clearance Volume‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫‪× 100‬‬ ‫)‪(8.29‬‬
‫‪Piston Displacement‬‬

‫‪Actual‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﲑ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ )‬

‫‪ (pumping capacity of a cylinder‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻟﺘﺄﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻜﺒﺴﻬﺎ ﻛﺴﻌﺔ ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ ) ‪Gas‬‬
‫‪ .(capacity‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎡Z‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫⎥‪VE = 100 − r − C ⎢ 1 r 1 k − 1‬‬ ‫) (‬ ‫)‪(8.30‬‬
‫‪⎣Z2‬‬ ‫⎦‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : VE‬ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪.( % ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : r‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ) ‪.( p 2 p1‬‬
‫‪ : Z 2 , Z 1‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (8.30‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺑﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Spring-loaded valves‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[223] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Small ) ‫ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻀﻴﺔ ﺿﻐﻄﹰﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﹰﺎ‬،‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬،‫( ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ‬differential pressure
‫( ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ‬Suction stroke) ‫ﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﻮﻁ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﰲ‬
‫ﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ‬،(Suction line) ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
line) ‫( ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‬Discharge stroke) ‫ﺷﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‬
.(Discharge
‫ﺪﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﰎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫( ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬Arbitrary amount) ‫( ﻭﻓﻖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬8.30) ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
:‫( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬8.30) ‫ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬،( 4% ) ‫ﳓﻮ‬
⎡Z ⎤
VE = 96 − r − C ⎢ 1 r 1 k − 1⎥ ( ) (8.31)
⎣Z2 ⎦
:(Equivalent Capacity) ò÷Ïbؾa@òÈÛa -8.1.3.3
‫ ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬m 3 / min ) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
Qe = 60 ⋅ PD ⋅ VE (8.32)
‫( ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬14,4 psia ) ‫ ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬MMcfd ) ‫ﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎ‬
:‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
PD ⋅ VE ⋅ p1
Qe = 10 − 4 ⋅ (8.33)
Z1
.( ft 3 / min ) ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬ PD ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ‬
:(Discharge Temperature) ÂìÌ›¾a@ŒbÌÛa@ñŠa‹y@òuŠ†@-8.1.3.4

:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

[224] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

k −1

T2 = T1 ⋅ r k
(8.34)
:‫ ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬Td ) ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬

.( Td ) ‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ‬،(8.6) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:(Troubleshooting)@bèyý–gë@ÞbİÇþa@Ñ“× -8.1.3.5

‫ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﰲ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬

Routine ) ‫( ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺗﻴﲏ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬Minor troubles)
‫ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ‬،(operation of the compressor
[225] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ )‪ (Dirt‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ )‪ (Liquid‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪ (Machine parts‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪ .(Operation systems‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺘﻨﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫)‪ ،(Cleaning‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ) ‪Elimination of an‬‬
‫‪ (adverse conditions‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻱ )‪ (Quick replacement‬ﻟﻸﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪ (Major troubles‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ )‪ (Long periods of operation‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﱪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺰﻳﻴﺖ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ )‪ ،(Unsuitable coolant or lubrication‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹﳘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ) ‪Careless operation and routine‬‬
‫‪.(maintenance‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﺏ )‪ (Defective suction valve‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﳌﺲ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ )‪ (Valve cove‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻓﺌﹰﺎ ) ‪Much‬‬
‫‪ (warmer‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‪ ،(Normal‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﻛﺸﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ )‪ (Discharge valve leakage‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺭﹰﺍ‬
‫)‪ (Hot‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﳋﱪﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ )‪Water-‬‬
‫‪ (cooled units‬ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺩ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﱪﺭ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﻛﻞ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﲟﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ )‪ (Interstage pressure‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ )‪ (Given load point‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪،‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[226] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬Pressure drops) ‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬

(Pressure rises) ‫( ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬Low pressure cylinder) ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
.(High pressure cylinder) ‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﰲ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫( ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬Thorough knowledge) ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
.‫ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
.(Compressor will not start) ‫ƒ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻗﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬
.(Motor will not synchronize) ‫ƒ ﺇﻗﻼﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
.(Low oil pressure) ‫ƒ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
.(Noise in cylinder) ‫ƒ ﺿﺠﻴﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬
.(Excessive leakage) ‫ƒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‬
.(Over-heating) ‫ƒ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‬
Excessive carbon on ) ‫ƒ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬
.(valves
.(relief valve popping) ‫ƒ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻓﺮﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
.(High discharge temperature) ‫ƒ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
.(Frame knocks) ‫ƒ ﲰﺎﻉ ﻃﺮﻗﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬
Crank shaft oil seal ) ‫ƒ ﺗﺴﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﻲ‬
.(leaks
.(Piston rod oil scraper leaks) ‫ƒ ﺗﺴﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬

[227] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪-8.2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:(Centrifugal Compressors) ‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﱪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺑﲔ ) ‪.( 500 − 200000 ft 3 / min‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ (A single-wheel compressors) òÜvÈÛa@ñ‡îyë@ÁËaì›Ûa‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ )‪ (Single stage‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﲔ ) ‪.(100 − 150000 ft 3 / min‬‬
‫• ‪ (A multiwheel compressors) pývÈÛa@ ñ†‡Ènß@ ÁËaì›Ûa‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ )‪ (multistage‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )‪.(Single casing‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ )‪(Rotors‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ،(1 − 8‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﳎﻬﺰﹰﺍ‬
‫ﲜﺰﺀ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺣﺠﻮﻡ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪ (stators‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[228] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

،‫ ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬3000 rpm ) ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
.( 40000 rpm ) ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
Electric) ‫ﺗﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﶈﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫( ﺃﻭ ﺑـ‬Steam or gas turbines) ‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬،(motors
.(Turboexpanders)
‫ﻼ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺪﺍﺧ ﹰ‬
‫ ﻭﺑﲔ‬،(Flow range) ‫ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬ (Low end) ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ‬
(Higher end) ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
.‫ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬

@ @Zòí׋¾a@ñ†ŠbİÛa@ÁËaì›Ûa@áîà—m -8.2.1
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
:‫ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
:(Inlet Gas Volume) ÁËb›Ûa@¶g@Ý‚a‡Ûa@ŒbÌÛa@ávy -8.2.1.1
:‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
Ru ⎛ GT1 Z 1 ⎞
Q= ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟, (m 3 / s) (8.35)
MW ⎝ p1 ⎠

:(Gas Horsepower) ÂbÌ›ãýÛ@òߌýÛa@òÇbİnüa -8.2.1.2

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
k ⎡⎛ p ⎞ ( k −1) / k
⎤
N ideal = GZ 1 RT1 ⎢⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ − 1⎥, ( J / s ) (8.36)
k −1 ⎢⎣⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥⎦

[229] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:(Theoretical Load)@ÁËb›ÜÛ@òí‹ÄäÛa@òÛìà¨a@-8.2.1.3
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
:‫( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Reversible adiabatic) ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﲡﺮﻱ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‬
k ⎡⎛ p ⎞ ( k −1) / k ⎤
H ad = Z 1 RT1 ⎢⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ − 1⎥, ( J / Kg ) (8.37)
k −1 ⎢⎣⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥⎦

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻻﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﻼﺕ‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ‬Wheel-by-wheel) ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬
:‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
Z1 + Z 2
Z avg = (8.38)
2
:‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
k ⎡⎛ p ⎞ ( k −1) / k ⎤
H ad = Z avg RT1 ⎢⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ − 1⎥, ( J / Kg ) (8.39)
k −1 ⎢⎣⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥⎦

Actual ) ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬
:‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬compression power
G ⋅ H ad
N actual = (8.40)
η ad
.(Adiabatic efficiency) ‫ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‬:η ad ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
:(Discharge Temperature) ÂìÌ›¾a@ŒbÌÛa@ñŠa‹y@òuŠ† -8.2.1.4

Approximate theoretical ) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‬

:‫( ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬discharge temperature
T2 = T1 + ∆Tideal (8.41)
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬

[230] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

⎡⎛ p ⎞ ( k −1) / k ⎤
∆Tideal = T1 ⎢⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ − 1⎥ (8.42)
⎢⎣⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥⎦
‫( ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬Actual discharge temperature) ‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
:‫ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
T2 = T1 + ∆Tactual (8.43)
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
⎡⎛ p ⎞ ( k −1) / k ⎤
⎢⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ − 1⎥
⎢⎣⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥⎦
∆Tactual = T1 (8.44)
η ad
:(Polytropic Calculations)@òîiëîÛìjÛa@pbib¨a@-8.2.1.5

‫( ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬Compressor manufacturers) ‫ﻳﻠﺠﺄ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ‬

‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‬
:‫( ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬polytropic efficiency) ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ‬
n /(n − 1)
ηp = (8.45)
k /(k − 1)

.( η p ) ‫ ( ﺇﻟﻰ‬η ad ) ‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﻤﻥ‬،(8.7) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[231] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:‫ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
n ⎡⎛ p ⎞ ( n −1) / n ⎤
Hp = Z avg RT1 ⎢⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟ − 1⎥, ( J / Kg ) (8.46)
n −1 ⎢⎣⎝ p1 ⎠ ⎥⎦
:‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
G⋅H p
N actual = (8.47)
ηp
:‫ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬،(8.47)‫( ﻭ‬8.40) ‫ﻭﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ‬
H ad η p
Hp = (8.48)
η ad
:(Mechanical Losses) òîØîãbØî¾a@pbÇbî›Ûa@-8.2.1.6

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﰲ ﻣﻀﺎﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
Speed increasing ) ‫( ﻭﺗﺮﻭﺱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬Seals) ‫ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ‬،(Bearings)
‫( ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻀﺎﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬8.9)‫( ﻭ‬8.8) ‫ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬.(gears
(Shaft speed) ‫ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬Casing size) ‫ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻏﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬
.‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬

‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬،(8.9) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬،(8.8) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[232] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﻀﺎﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‬

‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
:‫( ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Scheel) ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
M losses = N actual
0.4
(8.49)
:‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﶈﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
N total = N actaul + M losses (8.50)
:(Compressor Speed) ÁËb›Ûa@òÇ‹@-8.2.1.7
:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
H total
S = S nominal ⋅ (8.51)
nw ⋅ H max/stage
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( rpm ) ،‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬: S
‫ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﻳﻘﺪﺭ‬: H max/stage
:‫ ﻭﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺑﺎﳌﺘﺮ‬
H max/stage = 4572 − 457.2 ⋅ (M w ) (8.52)
0.35

:‫ ( ﻭﲢﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬rpm ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﲰﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬: S nominal

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﲰﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‬
( rpm ) ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‬ ( inlet acfm )
20500 0.60 0.63 100-500
10500 0.70 0.74 500-750
8200 0.73 0.77 7500-20000
6500 0.73 0.77 20000-33000
4900 0.73 0.77 33000-55000
4300 0.73 0.77 55000-80000
3600 0.73 0.77 80000-115000
2800 0.73 0.77 115000-145000

[233] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

2500 0.73 0.77 145000-200000

:‫ ﻭﳛﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬،(Number of wheels) ‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬: n w

.(8.10) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
:(P-H)@Áݬ -8.2.1.8
‫( ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺿﻐﻄﻪ –ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬P-H) ‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳐﻄﻂ‬
:‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬-(8.11)

.(P-H) ‫ ﻤﺨﻁﻁ‬،(8.11) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫( ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ‬P-H) ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ‬-1 ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬-(Enthalpy) ‫ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ‬.1

.(Given inlet conditions) ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ‬

[234] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Isentropic discharge ) 2is ‫ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬.2
‫ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ‬1 ‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬state point
‫( ﻭﺻﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ‬Line of constant entropy) ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬
.(Required discharge pressure) p 2 ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫( ﻣﻦ‬Differential isentropic enthalpy) ∆his ‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ‬.3
:‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
H is = ∆his = h2is − h1 (8.53)
(Discharge enthalpy) ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
∆his
h2 = + h1 (8.54)
η is
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻭﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻂ )ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬

:(Control Systems) òjÓa‹¾a@òàÄãc@-8.2.2

‫ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﹰﺎ‬

‫( ﺇﱃ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬Manual recycle control) ‫ﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ‬‫ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍ‬
‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬،(Elaborate ratio controllers) ‫ﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄ‬
‫( ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬Driver characteristics) ‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
Compressor ) ‫( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬Process response) ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
.‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ‬operating range

[235] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Compressor ) ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻻﻧﺴﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬

‫( ﻫﻮ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ‬Required output) ‫( ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬characteristic
:‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
n1 Q1 H1
= = (8.55)
n 2 Q2 H2
Steam or )‫ﺇﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬‫( ﻛﻤﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﻗﺪﺭ‬gas turbines
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬.(Variable-speed operation) ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ‬
‫( ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬Manually) ‫( ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‬Speed adjustment)
Pneumatic ) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﺁﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﲢﻜﻢ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬Operator)
‫( ﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬Response) ‫( ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬or electric controller
.(Pressure or flow signal) ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
:(Pressure Control at Variable Speed) ñÌnß@òÇ‹@‡äÇ@ÁÌ›Ûbi@áØznÛa@-8.2.2.1

‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬Control system) ‫ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

Pressure ) ‫ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬:‫( ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬8.12) ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ ﺑﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺇﱃ‬-PT-(transmitter

‫( ﻭﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﱃ‬Process pressure) ‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻀﺨﻴﻢ‬-PC- (Pressure controller) ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
(Final element) ‫( ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬Amplify)
Turbine-) ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
.‫( ﻭﻓﻖ ﳎﺎﻝ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‬governor speed setting

[236] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﶈﺼﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ )‪ (Set value‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﳐﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(8.12‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪:(Volume Control at Variable Speed) ñÌnß@òÇ‹@‡äÇ@ÕχnÛbi@áØznÛa@-8.2.2.2‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ )‪ -FT-(Flow transmitter‬ﺑﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Process flow‬ﻭﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ )‪- (Flow controller‬‬
‫‪ -FC‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻀﺨﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ) ‪Turbine-governor‬‬
‫‪ (speed setting‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﳎﺎﻝ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(8.13‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ )‪.(Desired system flow‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﶈﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ )‪ (Suction throttling device‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[237] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺣﻲ )‪ (Butterfly valve‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ )‪.(Inlet guide vanes‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺃﻛﱪ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫)‪ (Higher total head‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪-‬ﺳﻌﺔ )‪.(Head-capacity curve‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(8.13‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪:(Pressure Control at Constant Speed) ònibq@òÇ‹@‡äÇ@ÁÌ›Ûbi@áØznÛa -8.2.2.3‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺂﻟﻴﺔ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫)‪ - STV-(Suction throttle valve‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ )‪ (STV‬ﻣﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ )‪ (Partially close‬ﻟﻠﺼﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[238] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ‬،(8.14) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:(Volume Control at Constant Speed) ònibq@òÇ‹@‡äÇ@ÕχnÛbi@áØznÛa@-8.2.2.4

‫( ﺑﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬FT) ‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
primary flow ) ‫( ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺃﻭﱄ‬Venturi) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻮﺭﻱ‬Orifice) ‫ﻓﻮﻫﺔ‬
‫( ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‬element
‫( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻀﺨﻴﻢ‬FC) ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ‬
.(Compressor guide-vane mechanism) ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻂ‬
) ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
positioning
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬- SRV-(servo-valve) ‫( ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻖ‬cylinder
.‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ‬
.(‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ )ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬

[239] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ‬،(8.14) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:(Vibration Control System) Œançübi@áØznÛa@âbÄã -8.2.2.5

‫ﺪﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﶈﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫( ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ‬Shaft bearings) ‫ﻣﻀﺎﺟﻊ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫( ﻭﻣﻦ‬Axial movement) ‫( ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬Excessive lateral vibrations) ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‬
‫( ﺃﻭ‬Alarm) ‫ﰒ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻄﻞ ﳏﺘﻤﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺬﺍﺭ‬
‫ ﻻﳛﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ‬.(Shutdown devices) ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﺍﶈﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ )ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
:‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
.(Vibration transducer) ‫ƒ ﳏﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
DC ) ‫( ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬Signal amplifier) ‫ƒ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
(power supply
.(Analyzer) ‫ﺃﻭ ﳏﻠﻞ‬/‫( ﻭ‬Vibration monitor) ‫ƒ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫ ﳏﻮﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﳏﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺙ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺮﻉ‬ ‫( ﻭﺍﳌﺴ‬Velocity pick-up) ‫ ﻭﻟﻮﺍﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬،(Displacement probe) ‫ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬
.(Accelerometer)

[240] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﺪ ﳏﻮﻻﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﺇﺫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻌ‬
‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻣﻀﺎﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬Shaft vibration) ‫ﺗﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﳏﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬،(Bearing housing)
.‫ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﺨﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﳍﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﶈﻠﻞ‬
‫( ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‬Guide) ‫( ﳐﻄﻂ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬8.16) ‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫( ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺷﻴﻜﺔ‬Vibration levels) ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
.(Impending troubles) ‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺙ‬

.‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺸﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯ‬،(8.15) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[241] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﶈﺎﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻻﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﻃﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ )ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪.( 60 oC‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ) ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 45 m N3 / s‬ﻭﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ (100 bar‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[242] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ WJ‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻼ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﲢﻀﲑ ﻭﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﲢﻀﲑﻫﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫–ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﱰﱄ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻠﺠﺄ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫)‪ (Natural gas storage‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﹰﺎ ﻭﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ) ‪Non-heating‬‬
‫‪ (days‬ﻭﲡﻬﺰﻩ ﻟﻸﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ )‪.(Heating days‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺫﻛﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﱪﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻟﺴﺒﺒﲔ ﳘﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪Balancing the gas ) é×ýèna@ Š†b—ßë@ ŒbÌÛa@ xbnãg@ Š†b—ß@ µi@ òãŒaì¾a (1‬‬
‫‪ (consumption and resources‬ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ )‪ (Residential and commercial areas‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﹰﺍ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﺑﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪.(Temperature changes‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[243] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ‬Strategic importance) òîvîmaüa òîàçþa (2

.(Shortage of natural gas supply) ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫( ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬Demand) ‫( ﻭﻃﻠﺐ‬Supply) ‫( ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ‬9.1) ‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫( ﺣﱴ‬April) ‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺼﻞ‬،(October) ‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫( ﺇﱃ ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‬November) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ )ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
.(March)

.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺯﻭﻴﺩ ﻭﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬،(9.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰎ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺟﻴﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬،(Electric generation)
.‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﺎﺑﻪ‬
:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻃﺮﻕ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
[244] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:(Above Ground) ‫א‬‫א‬J9.1

.‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
ZåíƒnÛa@ÁÌš@ky@òþa@ÖìÏ@pbãa©a@Ñîä—m@M9.1.1
:‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
:(Atmospheric pressure tanks) ðì§a@ÁÌ›Ûa@pbãa‚ ƒ
‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻣﺎ‬،‫ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﻭﲡﻬﺰ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬
‫( ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‬Vertical cylindrical configuration) ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫( ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬Bolted tanks) ‫ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬
.(Rectangular welded tanks)
:(Low pressure tanks) Ѓä¾a@ÁÌ›Ûa@pbãa‚ ƒ
‫ ( ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬0 − 2,5 psig ) ‫ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺿﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺑﲔ‬
‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬Products) ‫( ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬Intermediates)
Close to ) ‫( ﻳﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬Internal gas pressure)
‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ‬.( 2,5 psig ) ‫( ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬atmospheric
‫( ﻭﺳﻘﻒ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ‬Flat or dished bottom) ‫( ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‬Cylindrical)
‫( ﻭﻣﻦ‬Welded) ‫( ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ‬Sloped or domed roof) ‫ﻣﻘﺒﺐ‬
‫( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬Bolted tanks) ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺓ‬‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﱪ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬
.( 0,5 psig ) ‫( ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬Refrigerated tanks)
:(Medium pressure tanks) Áìn¾a@ÁÌ›Ûa@pbãa‚ ƒ
‫ ( ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺘﺎﺯ‬2,5 −15 psig ) ‫ﻳﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺿﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺑﲔ‬
‫( ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬High volatility) ‫ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻄﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

[245] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﻭﺳﻘﻒ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﺐ‬
.(15 psig ) ‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
:(High pressure tanks) ïÛbÈÛa@ÁÌ›Ûa@pbãa‚ ƒ
‫( ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬Refined products) ‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﺭﺓ‬
(Fractionated components) ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﲑ‬
‫ ( ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ‬15 psig ) ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
.(Spherical) ‫ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ‬

ZbèÜØ’@ky@òþa@ÖìÏ@pbãa©a@Ñîä—m@M9.1.2
:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
:(Spherical shaped storage tanks) òíë‹ØÛa@pbãa©a ƒ
‫ ﻻﺣﻆ‬،( 5 psig ) ‫ﺪﻑ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
.(9.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
:(Spheroidal tanks) òíë‹ØÛa@éj’@pbãa©a ƒ
‫ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ‬،‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ‬
.(9.3) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،( 5 psig ) ‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬

.‫ ﺨﺯﺍﻥ ﺸﺒﻪ ﻜﺭﻭﻱ‬،(9.3) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬ .‫ ﺨﺯﺍﻥ ﻜﺭﻭﻱ‬،(9.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[246] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

:(Horizontal cylindrical tanks) òîÔÏþa@òîãaìİ⁄a@pbãa©a ƒ

‫( ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ‬Working pressure) ‫ﻳﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
Hemispherical ) ‫ ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺭﻭﺅﺳﹰﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺔ‬،‫ ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ‬15 − 1000 psig )
.(9.4) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫( ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬heads

.‫ ﺨﺯﺍﻥ ﺇﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻲ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‬،(9.4) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:(Fixed roof tanks) ònibrÛa@ÒìÔÛa@paëˆ@pbãa©a ƒ

‫ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ‬،(Tank shell) ‫ﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ‬500 barrel ) ‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ‬Welded tanks) ‫ﲡﻬﺰ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫( ﻳﺘﺤﻄﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬Frangible roof) ‫ﺑﺴﻘﻒ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﺴﺮ‬
(Design pressure) ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫( ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻒ‬Equivalent pressure) ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
.(Dead weight of the roof)
:(Floating roof tanks) òàöbÈÛa@ÒìÔÛa@paëˆ@pbãa©a ƒ
‫ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﱄ‬
‫ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻄﻔﻮ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬
‫( ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬Stored contents)
Constant ) ‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬
(Surface of the stored product) ‫( ﺑﲔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ‬minimum void

[247] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻑ ﲝﻴﺚ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ )‪ (Constant seal‬ﺑﲔ ﳏﻴﻂ )‪ (Periphery‬ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(9.5‬ﺨﺯﺍﻥ ﺫﻭ ﺴﻘﻑ ﻋﺎﺌﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻨ‪‬ﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ )‪ (Weather‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺳﻘﻮﻑ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ )‪.(Fixed roof‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺴﻘﻮﻑ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﲡﻤﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻢ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ‬
‫)‪.(Buoyancy‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[248] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ƒ ‪:(Bolted tanks) ïËai@ònjr¾a@pbãa©a‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﲰﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ (100 ÷ 10000 barrels‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ‬
‫ﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪Desired‬‬
‫‪ (locations‬ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻓﻚ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ¦‪:(Pipe storage) kîibãþa@À@ŒbÌÛa@åí‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﲢﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪ ( 0,77‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ (150 bar‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪( 273,15 K‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ( ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﲢﺖ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ (120 − 180 bar‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(9.6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[249] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪J9.2‬א‪‬א‪:(Underground Storage)‬‬
‫ﻻﻗﺖ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﲑﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﲰﻲ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺇﻥ ﰎ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﺇﻳﺼﺎﳍﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﰒ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪Underground‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ )‬
‫‪ (storage facility‬ﳚﺐ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ )‪ (Reconditioned‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪ (Injection‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪.(Storage vessel underground‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﻳﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Formation‬ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﳚﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ )ﲢﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ( ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ) ‪Pressurized natural‬‬
‫‪ ،(gas container‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳚﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺣﻘﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[250] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ )‪.(Physically unrecoverable gas‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(9.7‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﻭﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ )‪ (Base gas‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Cushion gas‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ )‪ ،(Remaining gas‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )‪ (Normal operation‬ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ) ‪Specialized compression‬‬
‫‪ (equipment‬ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ )‪.(Wellhead‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ )‪ (Working gas‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺳﺤﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ )‪ (Capacity of storage‬ﺇﱃ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎﳝﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[251] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫)‪ (Withdrawal cycle‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (High rate‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻠﺠﺄ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ )‪ (Reclassify‬ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻐﺎﺯ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫)ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ )‪ (Evaluating‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪:(Depleted gas reservoirs) ñ‡Ðän¾a@ëc@òjšbäÛa@ŒbÌÛa@åßbØß@M@9.2.1‬‬

‫ﺗﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ )‪ (Recoverable natural gas‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﻏﺎﺯﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ )‪(Underground formations‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ )‪ (Developed reservoir‬ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ )‪ (Extraction and distribution equipments‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‪.(Storage facility‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺧﺺ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ‬‫)‪ (Geological characteristics‬ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺃﺻ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻬﻞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴ ﹰ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[252] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺐ ﺻﺎﳊﹰﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (Geographic‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫)‪ (Consuming regions‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ) ‪Transportation‬‬
‫‪ (infrastructure‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ )‪ (Geologically‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﻮﺫﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ ،(High permeability and porosity‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺫﻳﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺣﻘﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻔﻴﺰ‬
‫)‪ (stimulation‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﳓﻮ ) ‪ ( 50%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﻘﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﺎﺯﹰﺍ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﻐﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪:(Aquifers)@êbîàÜÛ@òÜßb¨a@òîÏì§a@pbÔjİÛa@M9.2.2‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺻﺨﺮﻳﺔ )‪ (Rock formations‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻔﻮﺫﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Natural water reservoirs‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[253] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﱪﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ )‪ (Single winter withdrawal period‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ )‪.(Peak load requirements‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺩﻗﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﻐﺎﺓ ﻭﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﻼﺀﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳌﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺰﻣﻲ )‪ (Seismic testing‬ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ) ‪All of the‬‬
‫‪ (associated infrastructure‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ) ‪Installation of‬‬
‫‪ ،(wells‬ﻭﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ )‪ ،(Extraction equipment‬ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫)‪ ،(Pipelines‬ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ )‪ (Dehydration facilities‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪.(Compression equipment‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[254] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ) ‪Powerful injection‬‬
‫‪ (equipment‬ﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺣﻘﻦ ﻛﺎﻑ )‪ (Sufficient injection pressure‬ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ )‪ (Resident water‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﲣﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ )‪ (Dehydration‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﳍﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻻﲤﻠﻚ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫)‪ (Retention capability‬ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺰﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﶈﻘﻮﻥ ﻳﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﲡﻤﻴﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺁﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ )‪ (Collector wells‬ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪.(Primary formation‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﻻﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻘﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( 80%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ )‪.(Total gas volume‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (Negative effects‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﳏﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[255] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻐﺎﺯ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺣﱴ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻻﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺯﻣﻨﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺯﻫﺎﺀ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﲟﺮﺗﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳋﺰﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻗﻴﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ )‪ (Environmental restrictions‬ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﺨﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ )‪ (Environmental protection agency‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺑﺔ )‪.(Fresh water contamination‬‬

‫‪:(Salt Caverns) òîzܾa@pbÐèØnÛa@M9.2.3‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺢ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﺃﺧﺮ )‪ (Another option‬ﻛﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Structural strength‬ﲡﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ )‪ (Very resilient‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﲢﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻡ‬
‫)‪ (Degradation‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻜﻬﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﻫﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Underground salt deposits‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻠﲔ ﳏﺘﻤﻠﲔ ﳘﺎ‪:‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[256] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ :(Salt Domes) òîzܾa@ kjÔÛa .1‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﲰﻴﻜﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‪ (Natural salt deposits‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﺑﻴﺔ )‪ (Sedimentary layers‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺔ )‪ (Large dome-type structures‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ) ‪ ،( 30000 ft‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ‬
‫) ‪ (1500 − 6000 ft‬ﲢﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :(Salt Beds) òîzܾa@ ñČ‹þa .2‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺿﺤﻠﺔ )‪(Shallower‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ (1000 ft‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻻ‪‬ﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻲ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻼﺀﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺑﺌﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺿﺦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﺘﺬﻭﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺳﺐ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ )‪– (Salt cavern leaching‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﲔ )‪(9.8‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪.(9.9‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﻬﻮﻑ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻮﻑ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﲢﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[257] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬،‫ﺗﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺗﲔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬

.‫ ( ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬33% ) ‫ﺣﻮﺍﱄ‬

.‫ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻴﺔ‬‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺭ‬،(9.8) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

.‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻴﺔ‬،(9.9) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[258] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(9.10‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺤﻘﻥ ﻭﺴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﲝﺠﻮﻡ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﲢﺘﻠﻬﺎ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻮﻑ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻞﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ )ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ )‪ (Emergency situations‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺫﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ )‪.(Unexpected short term demand surges‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[259] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<

[260] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪W -‬‬

‫ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴﻤﺔ )‪(Valuable asset‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ )‪ (Superior fuel‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲤﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺻﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪ (Gas sales transactions‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻓﻊ ﲦﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ )‪ (Royalties‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ )‪ (Taxes‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ‬
‫)‪ (Measured gas volume‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﱐ‬
‫)‪ (Instantaneously‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺟﺮﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ )‪ (Metering of fluids‬ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ )‪ (Measuring‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ )‪ (Rates of flow‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ )‪ (Actually passing‬ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺋﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺿﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ )‪ (Constriction‬ﰲ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ )‪ (Drop‬ﰲ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫א‪‬א‪[261] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ )‪ (Differential pressure‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(10.1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )‪ (Direct relationship‬ﺑﲔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ )‪ (Factors‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (Ideal conditions‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻲ‬
‫)‪.(Orifice measurement‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(10.1‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﺒﺭ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻫﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Positive displacement meters‬ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﻴﻨﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Turbine meters‬ﻭﻋ ‪‬ﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻮﺭﻱ )‪ ،(Venturi meters‬ﻭﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ )‪ ،(Flow nozzle‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬
‫)‪ ،(Critical flow provers‬ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Elbow meters‬ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫)‪ (Rotameters‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫)‪ (Careful analysis‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺧﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[262] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﻪ )ﻏﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﱁ ‪.....‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭﱄ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ )‪ (Unit of volume‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (Pressure base‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪(Temperature base‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﲔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺟﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﻳﻦ ﳘﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫) ‪ ( 60 oF‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ،( 14,73 psia‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﳌﻞﺀ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ ( 60 oF‬ﻭﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ .(14,73 psia‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻞ‬
‫)‪ ،(Pound‬ﻭ)‪ ،(MMBtu‬ﺍﱁ‪.....‬‬

‫‪ -10.1‬א‪‬א‪W(Orifice-Meter Measurement)‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﰲ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ )ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‬
‫‪ ( ± 2 %‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ )‪ (Differential pressure‬ﻭﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ )‪.(Static pressure‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[263] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ )‪ (Orifice flange‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﱃ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Orifice fitting‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻲ )ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ‬
‫ﲟﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ )‪ ((Meter run‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Upstream‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ )‪ ،(Downstream‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﲰﺎﺣﻴﺘﻬﺎ )‪ (Tolerance‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪.(ANSI/API 2530‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ZòçìÐÛa@òzîЖ@Ýßaìy -10.1.1‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ -(Orifice flanges) òçìÐÛa@ pbväÜÏ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ Z-(10.2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻘﺔ )‪ (Slip-on flanges‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﱪﺍﻏﻲ ) ‪Screwed‬‬
‫‪ (flanges‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ )‪ (End of the pipe‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ )‪ (Orifice plate‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ) " ‪ ،(1 4‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(10.2‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[264] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ )‪ (Weld neck flanges‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ )‪ (Weld end orifice fittings‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ) ‪Inlet‬‬
‫‪ (side‬ﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳋﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪ (Depressured‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺔ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﻔﺘﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪Z-(10.3‬‬ ‫• ‪ (Single chamber orifice fitting) ñ‹v¨a@ñ‡îyë@òçìÐÛa@kî׋m‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻭﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﻔﺘﻴﺶ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻻﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﲢﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ )‪ (Orifice plate holder‬ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(10.3‬ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻫﺔ ﻭﺤﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[265] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ƒ ‪ -(Senior orifice fitting)@ jØÛa@ òçìÐÛa@ kî׋m‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ Z-(10.4‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺘﻔﺘﻴﺶ ﻭﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻂ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫)‪ (Upper cavity‬ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺳﺎﻋﺪﻱ )‪،(Crank handle‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ )‪ (Lower cavity‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺳﺤﺐ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(10.4‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :(Orifice plate) òçìÐÛa@ òzîЖ -10.1.2‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﻘﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ )‪ (Nominal diameter pipe‬ﺑﲔ‬
‫) "‪ ( 2"−10‬ﻋﻦ ) "‪ ( 0.115‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ) "‪ (12‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ) "‪ ( 0.175‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (10.1‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ) "‪ ( 0.130"−0.398‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ) "‪ ( 2‬ﺇﱃ ) "‪.(12‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[266] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.(10.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

:‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

.( D ) ،‫( ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬1 50 ) ƒ
.( d ) ،‫ ( ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‬1 8 ) ƒ

[267] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻄﻒ )‪ (Beveled‬ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫)‪ (Downstream edge‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( 45 o‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ) ‪Face‬‬
‫‪ (of the plate‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ )‪(Upstream face‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﻄﺤﹰﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ )‪.(Meter tube‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺧﺸﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ )‪ (Measured orifice diameter‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ )‪ (Basic orifice factor‬ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(10.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ) ‪( inches‬‬
‫‪± 0.0003‬‬ ‫‪0.250‬‬
‫‪± 0.0004‬‬ ‫‪0.375‬‬
‫‪± 0.0005‬‬ ‫‪0.500‬‬
‫‪± 0.0005‬‬ ‫‪0.625‬‬
‫‪± 0.0005‬‬ ‫‪0.750‬‬
‫‪± 0.0005‬‬ ‫‪0.875‬‬
‫‪± 0.0005‬‬ ‫‪1.000‬‬
‫‪± 0.0005 d‬‬ ‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ‪1.000‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(10.2‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[268] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪Flow‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ )‬
‫‪ (coefficient‬ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﳏﺘﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻫﺔ )‪.(Orifice thermal expansion factor‬‬
‫‪ ( β = d‬ﳏﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫)‪D‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ƒ ﺍ ]‪ [0.15 − 0.70‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺂﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ]‪ [0.20 − 0.67‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺂﺧﺬ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( β‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ )‪ (Orifice coefficient‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬
‫) ‪ ( ± 0.5%‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺂﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﱄ ) ‪ ( ± 0.75%‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺂﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Z(Meter tubes) ‘bîÔÛa@ kîibãc -10.1.3‬ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﳍﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ )‪ (Upstream pipe‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ )‪ (Downstream pipe‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪-‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪ ،(10.5‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ƒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺶ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﳏﺘﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ƒ ﲡﺮﻯ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻓﺤﺺ )‪ (Check measurements‬ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﲡﺮﻯ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ )‪(Uniformity‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[269] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻭﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
.‫ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬

‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﻌﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﺒل‬،(10.5a) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
.(10 D) ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻫﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﻌﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﺒل‬،(10.5b) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
.(10 D) ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻫﺔ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ‬

.‫ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎﻥ ﻻﻴﻘﻌﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻫﺔ‬،(10.5c) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[270] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

.‫ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﻤﻭﺴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺨﻔﺽ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬،(10.5d) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

.‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺼﻤﺎﻤ ﹰﺎ ﻴﻐﻠﻕ ﺠﺯﺌﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬،(10.5e) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ƒ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ‬

‫( ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬10.6) ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(Published diameter) ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭ‬

.‫ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ‬،(10.6) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[271] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ Dmax − Dmin‬‬
‫⎜‬ ‫‪⎟(100) ≤ (10.6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫• ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫)‪ (Offsets‬ﻭﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ )‪ (Ridges‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(10.6‬‬
‫• ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(10.6‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎛ AnyD − D‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫⎜⎜‬ ‫‪⎟⎟(100) ≤ (10.6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫• ﳚﺐ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ‬
‫] ‪. [0 F o − 120 F o‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪(10.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (10.3‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﲟﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻴﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟـ ) ‪.( β‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪ (10.5‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(10.5e‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[272] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬ β

0.5 0.6 0.67 0.7 0.75
A 6.9 9.3 12.5 13.9 16.7
10.5.a
B 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.5
A 10.0 13.8 17.4 19.0 22.0
A’ 9.0 10.3 11.7 12.3 13.8
10.5b C 5.0 5.5 6.2 6.5 7.1
C’ 4.0 4.8 5.5 5.8 6.7
B 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.5
A 20.8 25.0 28.8 31.0 35.2
A’ 10.0 11.4 12.8 13.5 15.0
10.5c C 5.0 5.5 6.2 6.5 7.2
C’ 5.0 5.9 6.6 7.0 7.8
B 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.5
A 7.5 9.7 11.8 12.1 13.6
10.5d
B 3.8 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.5
A 25.0 30.0 36.0 38.6 43.5
A’ 10.2 12.2 14.2 15.3 17.5
10.5e C 5.0 5.5 6.2 6.4 7.0
C’ 5.2 6.7 8.0 8.9 10.5
B 3.8 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.5

.‫ ﺍﻟﻁﻭل ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭﻱ ﻷﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬،(10.3) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

‫( ﻫﻮ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬Straightening vanes) ‫• ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺭﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬

‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺴﺐ‬Cross currents) ‫( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺮﺿﺔ‬Swirls) ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
.(10.7) ‫ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬

‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺭﻴﺵ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴل‬،(10.7) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

[273] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺭﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‬
‫)‪ (a‬ﻷﻱ ﳑﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺭﺑﻊ ) ‪ (1 4‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫) ‪ ،( D‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻷﻱ ﳑﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ (1 16‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﳑﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ )‪ .(Symmetrical‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ) ‪ ( L‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﻌﺸﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ )‪.(a‬‬
‫‪Thin-wall‬‬ ‫• ﺗﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ )‬
‫‪ (tubing‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺤﻢ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺩﻋﻢ )‪ (Supporting band‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻕ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﺔ )‪ (Flange ring‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﱪﺍﻏﻲ )‪.(Screws‬‬

‫‪ -10.2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪W(Orifice-Recorders) ‬‬

‫‪ZïãìØÛa@ÁÌ›Ûaë@ïÜšbÐnÛa@ÁÌ›Ûa@‘bîÓ@ñèuc -10.2.1‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺗﺴﻨﺨﺪﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ )‪ (Differential pressure devices‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻘﻲ )‪ ،(Mercury manometer‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(10.8‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺎﺥ )‪ ،(Bellows‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(10.9‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ )‪،(Force balance differential gauge‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(10.10‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[274] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﻮﺭﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‬

‫ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ‬،(Conventional bourdon tubes)
‫ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍ‬
‫( ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﹰﺍ‬Inches of water) ‫( ﻣﻘﺪﺭﹰﺍ ﺑـ‬Differential range)
‫ ﻭﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ‬،( psia ) ‫ﺑـ‬
. [0 − 100 in] ‫[ ﺃﻭ‬0 − 50 in] ، [0 − 20 in] ، [0 − 10 in] ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬

‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬،(10.8) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

.‫ﻀﻐﻁ ﺯﺌﺒﻘﻲ‬

‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ‬،(10.10) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ‬،(10.9) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺎﺥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻲ‬

[275] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

Z(Temperature Determination) ñŠa‹¨a@òuŠ†@µîÈm -10.2.2

‫( ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬Thermometer wells) ‫ﻳﻌﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﺠﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬

-(10.5) ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬-(B) ‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻭﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﲟﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺠﲑﺍﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺣﺠﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ‬
.(A’) ‫( ﺃﻭ‬A) ‫ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺪ‬

.‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺤﺠﺭﺓ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬،(10.11) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

Z(Relative Density Determination) òîjäÛa@òÏbrØÛa@µîÈm -10.2.3

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬،(Edwards balance) ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﱐ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺇﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬،‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺣﺠﻮﻡ ﺑﻴﻊ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺪﻑ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬
:‫( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬Balance method) ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬

[276] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬:(Acme senior gas gravity balance) ñjØÛa@òàÔÛa@paˆ@òÏbrØÛa@æaîß •

‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
:(Acme junior gas gravity balance) ñÌ—Ûa@ òàÔÛa@ paˆ@ òÏbrØÛa@ æaîß •
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
.‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺣﺠﻮﻡ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﱯ‬
‫( ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬Proportional torque differential indicator)
‫( ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺸﻂ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬Impulse wheel) ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ‬،(Specific weight) ‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺭﺍﻧﺎﺭﻛﺲ‬.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ‬
.(10.12) ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬-(Portable Ranarex indicator) ‫ﺍﶈﻤﻮﻝ‬

.‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺭﺍﻨﺎﺭﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭل‬،(10.12) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

– (Recording gravitometer) ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻞ‬

‫ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬-(10.13) ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

[277] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬،(Continuous record)
‫( ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬Weighing method) ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻧﻴﺔ‬
.(Momentum method) ‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬

.‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠل‬،(10.13) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:(Measurement Calculations) ‫א‬ -10.3

Z(Orifice Inside Diameter) òçìÐÜÛ@ïÜ‚a‡Ûa@‹İÔÛa@‡í‡¥ -10.3.1

‫ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
،‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬
Basic ) ‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
.(orifice coefficient
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
:‫( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬10.1

[278] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫• ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺿﺔ‬

‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Qh = Fb ⋅ Ftf ⋅ Fg ⋅ hw ⋅ p f‬‬ ‫)‪(10.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Qh‬‬
‫= ‪Fb‬‬ ‫)‪(10.2‬‬
‫‪Ftf ⋅ Fg ⋅ hw ⋅ p f‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : Qh‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.( ft 3 / h ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : Fb‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Ftf‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Fg‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : hw‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪Inches of ) ،‬‬
‫‪.(water at 60°F‬‬
‫‪ : p f‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ‪.(psia) ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (10.4‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(10.4‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[279] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﻳﺘﺒﻊ‬

[280] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﻳﺘﺒﻊ‬
[281] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ﻳﺘﺒﻊ‬

[282] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(10.4‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Z(Orifice flow rate) ÕχnÛa@Þ‡Èß@lby -10.3.2‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (10.4‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (10.1‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﺑﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ) ‪( 200 psig‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻼﰲ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ )‪.(Wet sample‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[283] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪Z(Accuracy of measurement)@pbbîÔÛa@òÓ† -10.3.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪Differential type flow‬‬
‫‪ ،(instruments‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹸﺎ ﻛﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻟﻸﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Constant errors‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ )‪.(Variable errors‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ )‪ (Arbitrary‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺄﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﻄﺎﺀ ‪‬ﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ )‪ (Corrections‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫)‪ (Mechanically‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ )‪ ،(Adequate maintenance‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ )‪ (Freezing‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﺑﺬﺏ )‪ (Pulsation‬ﺳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺶ‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻔﺼﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ )ﳏﺪ‪‬ﺏ )‪ (Convex‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ )‪.((Concave‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺛﺨﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪[284] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪2‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺠﻮﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻭﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳊﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪.....‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﳌﺂﺧﺬ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺳﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺗﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺗﻌﻴﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ) ‪Critical Flow‬‬
‫‪ (Prover‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ) ‪.( 15 psig‬‬

‫‪ -10.4‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪W(Orifice Well Test) ‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ )‪ (Well head‬ﺃﻭ ﳐﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﻲ )‪(Field separator vent‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻮ )‪ (Atmosphere‬ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫א‪‬א‪[285] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﲔ‬Pair of flanges) ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺎﺕ‬

‫ ( ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ‬8 D ) ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﲔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ‬،‫ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﲔ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫( ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬Upstream pressure) ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻨﺠﺔ‬
.(10.14) ‫ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬.(Atmospheric pressure)

.‫ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻲ‬،(10.14) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

Q = 16330 (1 + β 4 )(d 2 ) H (29.32 + 0.3H ) ⋅ Ftf ⋅ C g (10.3)
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( ft 3 / day ) ،‫ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: Q
.( in ) ،‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺔ‬: d
.( inches of mercury ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬: H
:‫ ﻭﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬،‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬: Ftf
520
Ftf = (10.4)
460 + T f
.( o F ) ،‫ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬: T f

[286] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‬: C g
:‫ ﻭﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬،( 0.6 ) ‫ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
0.60
Cg = (10.5)
∆
.( 60 oF ) ‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬: ∆

:[Pipe (Tube) Rupture – Gas] J‫א‬ -10.5

‫( ﺃﻭ‬Pipeline rupture) ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

mechanical ) ‫( ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬Holes) ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
Downstream ) ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‬،(damage
‫ ﳝﻜﻦ‬،(Source pressure) ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﻱ‬،( 50 % ) ‫( ﺃﻗﻞ ﲝﻮﺍﱄ‬pressure
:‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﱯ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
1
Q = 578400 d 2 Ycr ⋅p (10.6)
T f (∆)
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( ft 3 / day ) ،‫ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: Q
.( o R ) ،‫ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬: T f
.(psia) ،‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬: p
:‫ ﻭﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬،‫ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬: Ycr
12
⎡ k +1
⎤
k ⎛ 2 ⎞ k −1
Ycr = ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥ (10.7)
⎢ Z ⎝ k + 1⎠ ⎥
⎣ ⎦
.‫ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‬: k
.‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬: Z

[287] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬2‫א‬‫א‬

<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<
<<

[288] ‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
A
Absorption column ‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
Absorption factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
Absorption process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
Absorption rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
Accumulation ‫ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬-‫ﻊ‬‫ﲡﻤ‬
Acentric factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
Acid gas removal process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻀﻲ‬
Adsorbent ‫ﺓ‬‫ﺰ – ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﹸﻤﺘﺰ‬ ‫ﺘ‬‫ﳑ‬
Adsorbent bed ‫ﺓ‬‫ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﹸﻤﺘﺰ‬
Adsorbent regeneration ‫ﺓ‬‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﹸﻤﺘﺰ‬
Adsorption process (‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺰﺍﺯ )ﺍﻻﺩﻣﺼﺎﺹ‬
Analysis ‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ‬
Aquifer ‫ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺟﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
Argon ‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺭﻏﻮﻥ‬
Avogadro's number ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺁﻓﻮﻛﺎﺩﺭﻭ‬
B
Balance ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
Bubble point ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻗﻴﻊ‬‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗ ﹶﻜﻮ‬
Butane ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
C
Carbon dioxide ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
Carbon disulfide ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
Carbon monoxide ‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬

[289]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Carbonyl sulfide (COS) ‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﻞ‬

Chemical conversion process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
Coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
Colebrook's equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻟﱪﻭﻙ‬
Composition analysis ‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
Compressibility factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
Compression efficiency ‫ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬
Compression power ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬
Compressor ‫ﺿﺎﻏﻂ‬
Condensate ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺎﺕ‬
Condensate separation ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﺛﻔﺎﺕ‬
Condensation ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ‬
Contaminants ‫ﺛﺔ‬‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻠﻮ‬
Convergence pressure method ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
Corrosion ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ‬
Critical conditions ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ‬
Critical point ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ‬
Critical pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬
Critical temperature ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ‬
Critical volume ‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬
Crude oil ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‬
Cushion gas ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
Cyclohexane ‫ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﻲ‬
Cycloparaffin ‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻓﲔ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﻲ‬
Cyclopropane ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﻲ‬
D
Darcy's law ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺳﻲ‬

[290]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Decane ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﻥ‬
Dehydration process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
Density ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬
Dew point ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ‬
Dew point curve ‫ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ‬
Dew point pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ‬
Dew point temperature ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻯ‬
Diethanolamine (DEA) ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﲔ‬
Diethylene glycol (DEG) ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻳﺘﻴﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ‬
Diffusion ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
Diglycolamine (DGA) ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻏﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﲔ‬
Diisopropanolamine (DIPA) ‫ ﺑﺮﻭﺑﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﲔ‬-‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻳﺰﻭ‬
Drag coefficient (‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ )ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
E
Energy ‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
Energy content ‫ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
Energy conservation equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺼﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
Enthalpy ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ‬
Entropy ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ‬
Equation of state (EOS) ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
Equilibrium conditions ‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
Equilibrium constant ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
Equilibrium curve ‫ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
Equilibrium pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
Equilibrium ratio ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
Ethane ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
Ethylene ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﻠﲔ‬

[291]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Ethylene glycol (EG) ‫ﺇﻳﺘﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ‬

Evaporation rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﲑ‬
Expander ‫ﻊ‬‫ﺍﳌﻮﺳ‬
Expansion ‫ﻊ‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳ‬
Exploration ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ‬
F
Factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
Flow rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
Fluid ‫ﻣﺎﺋﻊ‬
Fourier equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﲑ‬
Fraction ‫ ﻛﺴﺮ‬-‫ﺟﺰﺀ‬
Fractionation ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﻳﺌﻲ‬
Friction coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
G
Gas ‫ﻏﺎﺯ‬
Gas chain ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
Gas/oil ratio (GOR) ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬
Gasoline ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ‬
Glycol ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ‬
Gross heating value ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‬
H
Heat ‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
Heat exchange ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
Heat exchanger ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
Heating (‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ )ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ‬
Heating value ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
Helium content ‫ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳍﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ‬

[292]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Helium recovery ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳍﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ‬

Helium removal process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ‬
Heptane ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬
Hexane ‫ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬
Hydrate crystal ‫ﺑﻠﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
Hydrate deposit ‫ﻊ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬‫ﺗﻮﺿ‬
Hydrate formation ‫ﺗﺸﻜﱡﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
Hydrate inhibitor ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
Hydrate prediction ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
Hydrate prevention ‫ﲡﻨﺐ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
Hydrate structure ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
Hydrocarbons ‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
Hydrocarbon gas ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﱐ‬
Hydrocarbon liquid ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﱐ‬
Hydrocarbons reservoir ‫ﻣﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
Hydrogen ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬
Hydrogen sulfide ‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬
Hydrogen sulfide content ‫ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬
Hydrogen sulfide removal ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬
I
Ideal gas constant ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‬
Index ‫ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬-‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
Inhibitor ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
Integrated process ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
Interface ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ‬
Interfacial tension ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﲏ‬
Isenthalpic expansion ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ‬

[293]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Isentropic expansion ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ‬

Isobutane ‫ﺇﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
Isopentane ‫ﺇﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
Isothermal expansion ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
J
Joule-Thomson coefficient ‫ ﻃﻮﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬-‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻝ‬
Joule-Thomson effect ‫ ﻃﻮﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬-‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺟﻮﻝ‬
Joule-Thomson expansion ‫ ﻃﻮﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬-‫ﲤﺪﺩ ﺟﻮﻝ‬
K
K value (equilibrium ratio) ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
Karl-Fischer method ‫ ﻓﻴﺸﺮ‬-‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻝ‬
Kay equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻱ‬
Kinetic energy ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬
Kinetic friction ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬
Kinetics ‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬
L
Law ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
Line ‫ﺧﻂ‬
Line section ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳋﻂ‬
Liquid ‫ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
Liquid recovery ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
Liquid density ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
Liquid flow rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
Liquid fraction ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
Liquid phase ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
Liquid sampling ‫ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
Liquefied natural gas ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻝ‬

[294]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Liquefied petroleum gas ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻝ‬

Liquid recovery process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
M
Mass transfer ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
coefficient
Mercaptan ‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬
Mercaptan removal ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬
Mercury content ‫ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ‬
Mercury removal ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ‬
Methane ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
Methane carrier ‫ﻧﺎﻗﻠﺔ )ﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
Methanol ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ‬
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) ‫ﺑﻮﺗﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺮ‬-3 ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻴﻞ‬
Methyldiethanolamine (MDEA) ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻴﻞ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﲔ‬
Molecular sieve ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ‬
Monoethanolamine (MEA) ‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﲔ‬
MTG (Methanol To Gasoline) process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ‬
N
Natural gas ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas composition ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas consumption ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas contaminants ‫ﻣﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas formation ‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas hydrate ‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas liquefaction ‫ﺇﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas liquefaction process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas liquids ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas processing ‫ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

[295]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Natural gas production ‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

Natural gas properties ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas trade ‫ﲡﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas transport ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gas storage ‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Natural gasoline ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Net heating value (NHV) ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
Newtonian fluid ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ‬
Nitrogen ‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬
Number of separation stages ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
Number of theoretical stages ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
Number of transfer units ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
Number of trays ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﱐ‬
O
Octane number ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺘﺎﻥ‬
Olefin ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﻔﲔ‬
Oxygen ‫ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ‬
P
Packing height ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺸﻮﺓ‬
Panhandle equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻧﺪﻝ‬
Paraffin ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻓﲔ‬
Parameter ‫ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬-‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
Pentane ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
Permeation membrane ‫ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ‬
Phase change ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭﻱ‬
Phase composition ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭﻱ‬
Phase diagram ‫ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭﻱ‬

[296]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Phase equilibrium ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭﻱ‬

Pipeline ‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
Pipeline insulation (‫ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )ﻋﺰﻝ‬
Pipeline transport ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
Pipeline transport system ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
Pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ‬
Pressure drop ‫ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
Pressure measurement ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
Pressure reduction (depressurization) ‫ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
Process/processing (natural gas) ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Production ‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
Productivity index ‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
Project ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
Propane ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬
Property ‫ ﺻﻔﺔ‬-‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
Propylene ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﻠﲔ‬
Pseudo - critical pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ‬
Pseudo - critical temperature ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ‬
Pseudo pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻒ‬
Pseudo temperature ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﻔﺔ‬
Purification process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ‬
R
Rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
Reaction ‫ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
Recovery rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‬
Refrigeration process ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ‬
Regasification ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺯ‬

[297]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Regeneration ‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
Reid vapor pressure (RVP) ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﲟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﻳﺪ‬
Removal ‫ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ‬،‫ ﻧﺰﻉ‬،‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
Residue ‫ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ‬،‫ﳐﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
Reynolds number ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‬
S
Safety device ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
Safety equipment ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
Safety factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
Safety installation ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
Safety valve ‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
Salinity ‫ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
Sample ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
Saturation conditions ‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﺷﺒﺎﻉ‬
Saturation pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻹﺷﺒﺎﻉ‬
Selectivity factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
Separation ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
Separator design ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
Separator coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
Shrinkage factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ‬
Solubility factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻟﻴﺔ‬
Solubility in hydrocarbon ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
Solubility in water ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
Solution gas ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻞ‬
Solvent absorption ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺐ‬
Solvent circulation rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺐ‬
Solvent regeneration ‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺐ‬

[298]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Specific gravity ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬

Specific heat at constant pressure ‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
Specific heat at constant volume ‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
Specific volume ‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
Stage ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
Standard conditions ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
Standing and Katz method ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﻳﻨﻎ ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺰ‬
Steam ‫ﲞﺎﺭ‬
Storage ‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ‬
Structure ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
Sulfur content ‫ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‬
Sulfur recovery ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‬
Sulfur dioxide ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‬
Surface tension ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ‬
T
Tank ‫ﺧﺰﺍﻥ‬
Temperature ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
Tension ‫ﺗﻮﺗﺮ‬
Test ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
Tetraethylene glycol ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺇﻳﺘﻴﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻜﻮﻝ‬
Thermal conductivity ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
Thermodynamic properties ‫ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
Transfer coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
Transfer units ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
Transport ‫ﻧﻘﻞ‬
Triethanolamine (TEA) ‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺇﻳﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﲔ‬
Triethylene glycol (TEG)

[299]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

Turbine

U
Unconventional source ‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ‬
Universal constant ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
V
Van der Waals equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﻧﺪﺭﻓﺎﻟﺲ‬
Vapor pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
Viscosity ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
Viscometer ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
Volume ‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
Volume factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
W
Water content ‫ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
Weymouth equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﳝﺎﺙ‬
Wobbe index (or number) (‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﻭﺏ )ﻋﺪﺩ‬

[300]‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
1) Ahmed, T. Hydrocarbon Phase Behavior. Houston: Gulf Publishing
Company, 1989.
2) API Spec 12J, “Specification for Oil and Gas Separators,” 7th
Edition. American Petroleum Institute, Washington, DC (Oct. 1989).
3) Asante, B., “Two-Phase Flow: Accounting for the Presence of
Liquids in Gas Pipeline Simulation.” Paper presented at 34th PSIG
Annual Meeting, Portland, Oregon (October 23–25, 2002).
4) Aziz, K., and Ouyang, L.B., Simplified equation predicts gas flow
rate, pressure drop. Oil Gas J. 93(19), 70–71 (1995).
5) Ballard, D., “The Fundamentals of Gas Dehydration.” Gas
Conditioning Conference, University of Oklahoma, Norman, OK
(1979).
6) Blanc, C., Elgue, J., and Lallemand, F., “MDEA Process Selects
H2S,” Hydrocarbon Processing (August 1981).
7) Brown, R.L., Malbrel, C., and Wines, T.H., “Recent Developments in
Liquid/Gas Separation Technology.” Paper presented at the 44th
Laurance Reid Gas Conditioning Conference, Norman, OK (Feb. 28,
1994).
8) Bullin, J.A., Polasek, J.C., and Donnelly, S.T., “The Use of MDEA
and Mixtures of Amines for Bulk CO2 Removal.” Paper presented at
the 69th GPA Annual Convention, Tulsa, OK (1990).
9) Brill, J. P., and H. D. Beggs. "Two-Phase Flow in Pipes."
NTERCOMP Course, The Hague, 1974.
10) Burnes, E.E., and Bhatia, K., “Process for Removing Hydrogen
Sulfide from Gas Mixtures,” U.S. Patent, 4, 515, 759 (May 1985).
11) Caldwell, R.E., “Glycol Dehydration Manual.” NATCO Group,
Tulsa, OK (Jan 30, 1976).
12) Campbell, J.M., “Gas Conditioning and Processing,” 7th Ed.
Campbell Petroleum Series, Norman, OK (1992).
13) Carroll, J.J., “Natural Gas Hydrates, A Guide for Engineers.” Gulf
Professional Publishing, Amsterdam, the Netherlands (2002).
14) Cleveland, T., and Mokhatab, S., Practical design of compressor
stations in natural gas transmission lines. Hydrocarb. Eng. 10(12),
41–46 (2005).
15) Colebrook, C.F., “Turbulent Flow in Pipes with Particular Reference
to the Transition Region between the Smooth and

[301] ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

16) Rough Pipe Laws.” J. Inst. Civil Engineers, 11, 133–156, London
(1939).
17) Edalat, M., and Mansoori, G.A., Buried gas transmission pipelines:
Temperature profile prediction through the corresponding states
principle. Energy Sources 10, 247–252 (1988).
18) GPSA Engineering Data Book, Vol. 1, Section 7, 11th Ed. Gas
Processors Suppliers Association, Tulsa, OK (1998).
19) GTI, “Glycol Dehydrator Operational Problems.” Gas Technology
Institute Publications, Des Plaines, IL (2001).
20) Hall, K. R. and L. Yarborough. "A New Equation of State for Z
Factor Calculations." Oil & Gas Journal (June 18, 1973): 82.
21) Hall, P., and Lokhandwala, K.A., “Advances in Membrane Materials
Provide New Gas Processing Solutions.” Paper presented at the GPA
Annual Convention, New Orleans, LA (March 2004).
22) Jeater, P., Rushton, E., and Davies, G.A., “Coalescence in Fibre
Beds.” Filtration and Separation (March/April 1980).
23) Jenkins, J.L., and Haws, R., Understanding gas treating
fundamentals. Petr. Technol. Q. 61–71 (Jan. 2002).
24) Jones, V.W., and Perry, C.R., “Fundamentals of Gas Treating.”
Paper presented at the Laurance Reid Gas Conditioning Conference,
Norman, OK (1973).
25) Katz, D. L. "Prediction of Conditions for Hydrate Formation in
Natural Gas." Trans. AIME 160 (1945).
26) Katz, D.L., et al., “Handbook of Natural Gas Engineering.”
McGraw-Hill, New York (1959).
27) Kennedy, J.L., “Oil and Gas Pipeline Fundamentals,” 2nd Ed.
Pennwell, Tulsa, OK (1993).
28) Khan, M., and Manning, W.P., “Practical Designs for Amine Plants,”
Petroenergy Workshop, Houston, TX (Sept. 1985).
29) Kohl, A.L., and Nielsen, R.B., “Gas Purification.” Gulf Publishing
Company, Houston, TX (1997).
30) Maddox, R.N., “Gas and Liquid Sweetening,” 2nd Ed. Campbell
Petroleum Series, Norman, OK (1974).
31) Meyer, P.B. Chr., “Overview of Molecular Sieves Technology for Gas
Treatment.” Presented at the GPA Europe Gas Processing Overview
Session, London, UK (May 19, 2005).
32) Mohan, R.S., and Shoham, O., “Design and Development of Gas-
liquid Cylindrical Cyclone: Compact Separators for Three-phase
Flow.” Final Technical Report submitted to the U.S. Department of
Energy (June 25, 2003).

[302] ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

33) Mohitpour, M., Golshan, H., and Murray, A., “Pipeline Design and
Construction: A Practical Approach.” ASME Press, American
Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York (2000).
34) Mokhatab, S., and Santos, S., Fundamental principles of the pipeline
integrity: A critical review. J. Pipeline Integr. 4(4), 227–232 (2005).
35) Morgan, D.J. “Selection Criteria for Gas Sweetening.” Paper
presented at the GPA Technical Meeting, GCC Chapter, Bahrain
(Nov.30, 1994).
36) NATCO, “Adsorption Systems-Gas Processing.” Technical
Development Program, Tulsa, OK (1987).
37) NATCO, “Glycol Dehydration Systems.” TSL Catalog, 511-A2,
Tulsa,
38) Newman, S.A. (ed.), “Acid and Sour Gas Treating Processes.” Gulf
Publishing Company, Houston, TX (1985).
39) Ouyang, L.-B., and Aziz, K., Steady state gas flow in pipes. J. Petr.
Sci. Eng. 14, 137–158 (1996).
40) Poling, B.E., Prausnitz, J.M, and O’Connell, J.P., “The Properties of
Gases and Liquids.” McGraw-Hill, New York (2001).
41) Rojey, A., Jaffret, C., Cornot-Gandolphe, S., Durand, B., Jullian, S.,
and Valais, M., “Natural Gas Production, Processing, Transport.”
Editions Technip, IFP Publications, Paris, France (1997).
42) Russell, T., “Gas Processing Basics.” Paper presented at the 80th
GPA Annual Convention, San Antonio, TX (March 11, 2001).
43) Santos, S.P., “Series or Parallel: Tailor Made Design or a General
Rule for a Compressor Station Arrangement?” Paper presented at
32nd PSIG Annual Meeting, Savannah, GA (Oct. 28–30, 2000).
44) Schroeder, D.W., “ATutorial on Pipe Flow Equations.” Paper
presented at 33rd PSIG Annual Meeting, Salt Lake City, UT (Oct.
17–19, 2001).
45) Serghides, C.K., Estimate friction factors accurately. Chem. Eng. 63–
64 (1984).
46) Smith, R.V., “Practical Natural Gas Engineering,” 2nd Ed.
Pennwell, Tulsa, OK (1990).
47) Sivalls, C. R. "Fundamentals of Oil and Gas Separation."
Proceedings of the Gas Conditioning Conference, University of
Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma, 1977.
48) Standing, M. B. and D. L. Katz. "Density of Natural Gases."
Trans.AIME146: (1954) 140-9.
49) Standing, M. B.: Volumetric and Phase Behavior of Oil Field
Hydrocarbon Systems. Society of Petroleum Engineers of AIME,
Dallas, 1977.

[303] ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
2‫א‬‫א‬

50) Standing, M. B.: Volume and Phase Behavior of Oil Field

Hydrocarbon Systems. 9th ed. Dallas: Society of Petroleum
Engineers, 1981.
51) Svrcek, W.Y., and Monnery, W.D., Design two-phase separators
within the rigth limits. Chem. Engin. Prog. 89(10), 53–60 (1993).
52) Talavera, P.G., “Selecting gas/liquid separators,” Hydrocarbon
Processing.” 81–84 (June 1990).
53) Wichert, E. and K. Aziz. "Calculate Zs for Sour Gases."
Hydrocarbon Processing 51 (May 1972): 119.

[304] ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬